Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,666 missions · 908 completed

Missions

Open758Completed908All1666
Numerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Complexity of Steepest Descent, Newton's and Regularized Newton's Methods for Nonconvex Unconstrained Optimization Problems 1: Steepest Descent Can Need ε^(−2+τ) Iterations to Reach |g| ≤ εResearch Paper

Motivation

Steepest descent is the oldest method for unconstrained minimization: to minimize a smooth function fff, it moves from the current point xkx_kxk​ along the negative gradient −gk=−∇f(xk)-g_k = -\nabla f(x_k)−gk​=−∇f(xk​). It is the prototype of every first-order method, and its worst-case evaluation complexity — how many iterations it may need before the gradient norm drops below a tolerance ϵ\epsilonϵ — is the reference point against which faster methods are measured.

For a function that is bounded below and has a Lipschitz continuous gradient, steepest descent with a suitable step-length rule reaches ∥gk∥≤ϵ\|g_k\| \le \epsilon∥gk​∥≤ϵ within O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) iterations (Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization, 2004, p. 29). Whether this bound is tight on nonconvex problems remained open until Cartis, Gould and Toint (preprint 15 October 2009; SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2010) built explicit one-dimensional examples showing that it is essentially sharp. The same paper shows that Newton's method can be as slow, and that the O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) bound of cubically regularized Newton methods is also tight; those results are the other missions of this series.

Timeline:

  • 1983: Dennis and Schnabel, Numerical Methods for Unconstrained Optimization and Nonlinear Equations, Theorem 6.3.3 — global convergence of steepest descent with a Goldstein–Armijo linesearch under twice continuous differentiability, boundedness below and a Lipschitz gradient.
  • 2004: Nesterov's textbook states the O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) iteration bound for gradient methods on nonconvex functions with Lipschitz gradient.
  • 2009/2010: Cartis, Gould and Toint construct, for every τ>0\tau > 0τ>0, examples on which steepest descent needs at least ⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋\lfloor \epsilon^{-(2-\tau)} \rfloor⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋ iterations.

Setting

Let f:R→Rf : \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rf:R→R be twice continuously differentiable, bounded below, with a derivative f′f'f′ that is bounded and Lipschitz continuous. The paper calls these standing assumptions AS.0. Write g(x)=f′(x)g(x) = f'(x)g(x)=f′(x) for the gradient.

Steepest descent with step lengths (αk)k≥0(\alpha_k)_{k\ge0}(αk​)k≥0​ starts at x0=0x_0 = 0x0​=0 and sets

xk+1=xk−αk g(xk),k≥0.x_{k+1} = x_k - \alpha_k\, g(x_k), \qquad k \ge 0.xk+1​=xk​−αk​g(xk​),k≥0.

The step lengths are only required to lie in a fixed interval (condition (2.6))

0<α‾≤αk≤α‾<2.0 < \underline\alpha \le \alpha_k \le \overline\alpha < 2 .0<α​≤αk​≤α<2.

Such step lengths can be produced by a Goldstein–Armijo linesearch, which accepts a step when the decrease f(xk)−f(xk+1)f(x_k) - f(x_{k+1})f(xk​)−f(xk+1​) lies between a αk∣gk∣2a\,\alpha_k|g_k|^2aαk​∣gk​∣2 and b αk∣gk∣2b\,\alpha_k|g_k|^2bαk​∣gk​∣2 for fixed constants 0<a<b<10 < a < b < 10<a<b<1.

Fix τ∈(0,1)\tau \in (0,1)τ∈(0,1) and put η=η(τ)=12−τ−12=τ4−2τ\eta = \eta(\tau) = \frac{1}{2-\tau} - \frac12 = \frac{\tau}{4-2\tau}η=η(τ)=2−τ1​−21​=4−2ττ​. The mission's definitions (namespace SlowConvergence.SteepestDescent) record the paper's prescribed data: iterates xk, steps sk, values fk, gradients gk=−(1/(k+1))12+ηg_k = -(1/(k+1))^{\frac12+\eta}gk​=−(1/(k+1))21​+η (gk), and the quintic pieces p with the quantities ψk\psi_kψk​, ϕk\phi_kϕk​, μk\mu_kμk​ of (2.11)–(2.15).

Formalization targets

Goal: steepest descent can need ⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋\lfloor \epsilon^{-(2-\tau)}\rfloor⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋ iterates

For every τ∈(0,1)\tau \in (0,1)τ∈(0,1), every 0<α‾≤α‾<20 < \underline\alpha \le \overline\alpha < 20<α​≤α<2 and every step-length sequence with α‾≤αk≤α‾\underline\alpha \le \alpha_k \le \overline\alphaα​≤αk​≤α, there is fff satisfying AS.0 on all of R\mathbb RR on which the steepest descent run from x0=0x_0 = 0x0​=0 has

∣f′(xk)∣=(1k+1)12−τ(k≥0),hence∣f′(xk)∣≤ϵ<1  ⟹  k+1≥⌊1ϵ2−τ⌋.|f'(x_k)| = \Big(\frac{1}{k+1}\Big)^{\frac{1}{2-\tau}} \quad (k \ge 0), \qquad\text{hence}\qquad |f'(x_k)| \le \epsilon < 1 \;\Longrightarrow\; k+1 \ge \Big\lfloor \frac{1}{\epsilon^{2-\tau}} \Big\rfloor .∣f′(xk​)∣=(k+11​)2−τ1​(k≥0),hence∣f′(xk​)∣≤ϵ<1⟹k+1≥⌊ϵ2−τ1​⌋.

No constant (Lipschitz constant, gradient bound, lower bound) is fixed in the goal; only its existence is asserted.

Milestones

  1. (2.10) and (2.3): η>0\eta > 0η>0 and ∣gk∣=(1/(k+1))1/(2−τ)|g_k| = (1/(k+1))^{1/(2-\tau)}∣gk​∣=(1/(k+1))1/(2−τ).
  2. The Goldstein–Armijo remark (p. 4): for 2(1−b)≤αk≤2(1−a)2(1-b) \le \alpha_k \le 2(1-a)2(1−b)≤αk​≤2(1−a) the prescribed decrease satisfies both linesearch conditions.
  3. (2.12)–(2.14): the quintic pkp_kpk​ meets its six Hermite conditions on [0,μk][0,\mu_k][0,μk​].
  4. (2.15): 0<ψk<10 < \psi_k < 10<ψk​<1.
  5. (2.17): ∣pk′′(t)∣≤1+150∣ϕk∣≤1+150max⁡[1,α‾]/α‾|p_k''(t)| \le 1 + 150|\phi_k| \le 1 + 150\max[1,\overline\alpha]/\underline\alpha∣pk′′​(t)∣≤1+150∣ϕk​∣≤1+150max[1,α]/α​ on [0,μk][0,\mu_k][0,μk​].
  6. Lower bound (p. 5): fk−fk+1≤12(1/(k+1))1+2ηf_k - f_{k+1} \le \frac12 (1/(k+1))^{1+2\eta}fk​−fk+1​≤21​(1/(k+1))1+2η and fk≥0f_k \ge 0fk​≥0.

Significance

The result. Since τ>0\tau > 0τ>0 is arbitrary, the example shows that the O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) upper bound for steepest descent cannot be improved to O(ϵ−2+τ)O(\epsilon^{-2+\tau})O(ϵ−2+τ) for any τ>0\tau > 0τ>0 under AS.0, even with a standard Goldstein–Armijo linesearch. It separates steepest descent from second-order methods with better worst-case bounds, and it is the template for the Newton and regularized-Newton examples of the same paper. A matching upper bound for gradient descent with step 1/L1/L1/L is formalized elsewhere on the platform (ShiOptRates.gd_exact_rate); together the two describe the complexity of the method up to the exponent τ\tauτ.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked version exists. The mission adds a statement in which the method, the function class and the iteration count are fixed precisely. It also corrects three printed slips that a formal check exposes: the iteration count is off by one, the Goldstein–Armijo interval is printed reversed, and an intermediate step of (2.17) is false while its end bounds hold.

Difficulty

Matching prescribed values fkf_kfk​ and gradients gkg_kgk​ at the iterates is easy one point at a time. The difficulty is doing it with uniform control. The interval lengths μk\mu_kμk​ shrink like (k+1)−1/(2−τ)(k+1)^{-1/(2-\tau)}(k+1)−1/(2−τ), so a naive interpolant has second derivatives growing with kkk, and the gradient is then not globally Lipschitz. The prescribed values must also decrease at a rate whose sum stays finite, or the function is unbounded below. Both constraints pin the exponent: the construction works only because 12+η<1\frac12 + \eta < 121​+η<1 makes the iterates escape to infinity while 1+2η>11 + 2\eta > 11+2η>1 keeps ∑k(fk−fk+1)\sum_k (f_k - f_{k+1})∑k​(fk​−fk+1​) finite. A further step remains: the paper's function lives on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and must be extended to all of R\mathbb RR without losing any property of AS.0.

Formalization scope

The problem is one-dimensional: f : ℝ → ℝ, the gradient is deriv f, and the second derivative is iteratedDeriv 2. AS.0 is ContDiff ℝ 2 f, BddBelow (Set.range f), a global bound on |deriv f|, and LipschitzWith L (deriv f). Every property holds on all of R\mathbb RR; the paper constructs fff on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and says it extends smoothly to the negative reals, and that extension is part of the goal.

Conventions:

  • τ∈(0,1)\tau \in (0,1)τ∈(0,1): the construction needs it, and for ϵ<1\epsilon < 1ϵ<1 smaller τ\tauτ gives larger counts, so the paper's "any τ>0\tau > 0τ>0" follows.
  • The count is k+1≥⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋k + 1 \ge \lfloor \epsilon^{-(2-\tau)} \rfloork+1≥⌊ϵ−(2−τ)⌋ (natural floor), the number of iterates x0,…,xkx_0, \dots, x_kx0​,…,xk​; the printed "iterations" count kkk is off by one.
  • Exponents are Real.rpow with base 1/(k+1)>01/(k+1) > 01/(k+1)>0.
  • The real zeta function is the series ∑n≥0(1/(n+1))t\sum_{n\ge0} (1/(n+1))^t∑n≥0​(1/(n+1))t, used only at t=1+2η>1t = 1 + 2\eta > 1t=1+2η>1.
  • The step lengths are universally quantified before fff, and the steepest-descent run is part of the conclusion, tied to fff by xk+1=xk−αkf′(xk)x_{k+1} = x_k - \alpha_k f'(x_k)xk+1​=xk​−αk​f′(xk​). A goal asserting slow gradients along some sequence unrelated to fff, or for one convenient step-length sequence only, would be trivial or weaker and is not the statement.

Infrastructure needed: quintic Hermite interpolation on intervals, gluing piecewise polynomials into a C2C^2C2 function on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) along an unbounded increasing knot sequence, a C2C^2C2 extension to the negative reals, and bounds for real ppp-series. The gluing lemma and the extension are reusable for the Newton and regularized-Newton missions of the series. Contributions of any milestone, of a construction of the glued function f1f_1f1​ of (2.16), or of a direct proof of the goal are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, On the complexity of steepest descent, Newton's and regularized Newton's methods for nonconvex unconstrained optimization problems, SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2833–2852, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/090774100 (preprint 15 Oct 2009: https://people.maths.ox.ac.uk/cartis/papers/cgt36.pdf)
  • J. E. Dennis, R. B. Schnabel, Numerical Methods for Unconstrained Optimization and Nonlinear Equations, Prentice-Hall, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971200
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Functional AnalysisNumerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Some Numerical Experiments with Variable-Storage Quasi-Newton Algorithms: The Update (A.7) Is the Unique Least-Change Self-Adjoint Secant Update in a Weighted Hilbert–Schmidt NormResearch Paper

Motivation

Quasi-Newton methods replace a costly exact Hessian with an operator updated from successive changes in position and gradient. A secant update must map the observed step sss to the observed gradient difference yyy. Many operators satisfy that one equation, so the choice of update needs another criterion. Gilbert and Lemaréchal's working paper studies variable-storage quasi-Newton algorithms and, in its Annex, characterizes familiar update formulas by how little they change the previous operator. The Annex treats real Hilbert spaces, rather than only matrices on Euclidean space, and allows the underlying scalar product and the weighting operator to vary. Its least-change characterization is the subject of this mission.

The source is the August 1988 IIASA Working Paper WP-88-121. A revised journal article appeared in 1989, but the theorem numbers and printed page references here belong to the working paper. The work is a formalization of a result proved in that paper; the mathematical question is not open.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a complete real inner-product space. A continuous linear operator BBB is the current Hessian approximation. A step s∈Hs\in\mathcal Hs∈H and a gradient difference y∈Hy\in\mathcal Hy∈H determine the quasi-Newton equation B+s=yB_+s=yB+​s=y for the updated operator B+B_+B+​. Write B+=B+PB_+=B+PB+​=B+P, where PPP is the perturbation. The source restricts PPP to the Hilbert–Schmidt class L2(H)L_2(\mathcal H)L2​(H), so its size can be measured by an orthonormal basis (ei)i∈I(e_i)_{i\in I}(ei​)i∈I​:

∥P∥HS=(∑i∈I∥Pei∥2)1/2.\|P\|_{\mathrm{HS}}=\left(\sum_{i\in I}\|Pe_i\|^2\right)^{1/2}.∥P∥HS​=(i∈I∑​∥Pei​∥2)1/2.

The index set III need not be countable; membership in L2(H)L_2(\mathcal H)L2​(H) means the displayed family is summable. The value is independent of the chosen orthonormal basis. For u,v∈Hu,v\in\mathcal Hu,v∈H, the paper's bracket operator is [u,v]d=⟨v,d⟩u[u,v]d=\langle v,d\rangle u[u,v]d=⟨v,d⟩u. The order of its arguments matters.

The nonsymmetric feasible set is Π={P∈L2(H):(B+P)s=y}\Pi=\{P\in L_2(\mathcal H):(B+P)s=y\}Π={P∈L2​(H):(B+P)s=y}. For a self-adjoint BBB, the symmetric problem uses ΠS={P∈L2(H):P=P∗, (B+P)s=y}\Pi_S=\{P\in L_2(\mathcal H):P=P^*,\ (B+P)s=y\}ΠS​={P∈L2​(H):P=P∗, (B+P)s=y}. A bijective continuous operator RRR weights the symmetric objective ∥R∗PR∥HS\|R^*PR\|_{\mathrm{HS}}∥R∗PR∥HS​. The vector c=R−∗R−1sc=R^{-*}R^{-1}sc=R−∗R−1s records how this weight changes the update. Both the feasible set and the weighted objective matter: taking a minimum over every bounded operator would change the problem.

Formalization targets

The goal is Proposition A.2 on printed p. 28 of the working paper. Suppose B=B∗B=B^*B=B∗, RRR is bijective, and s≠0s\ne0s=0. With r=y−Bsr=y-Bsr=y−Bs and c=R−∗R−1sc=R^{-*}R^{-1}sc=R−∗R−1s, define

Pc=[r,c]+[c,r]⟨c,s⟩−⟨r,s⟩⟨c,s⟩2[c,c].P_c=\frac{[r,c]+[c,r]}{\langle c,s\rangle} -\frac{\langle r,s\rangle}{\langle c,s\rangle^2}[c,c].Pc​=⟨c,s⟩[r,c]+[c,r]​−⟨c,s⟩2⟨r,s⟩​[c,c].

The target asserts that PcP_cPc​ belongs to ΠS\Pi_SΠS​ and is the unique minimizer of ∥R∗PR∥HS\|R^*PR\|_{\mathrm{HS}}∥R∗PR∥HS​ over P∈ΠSP\in\Pi_SP∈ΠS​. Its formula depends on RRR only through ccc. No positivity condition on BBB or on ⟨y,s⟩\langle y,s\rangle⟨y,s⟩ is part of this result.

The milestones follow the source's supporting statements in order. They establish that the Hilbert–Schmidt sum is independent of the orthonormal basis and defines a norm on its domain; that the operator norm is bounded by this norm and the Hilbert–Schmidt class is stable under multiplication by bounded operators; the bracket identity ∥[u,v]∥HS=∥[u,v]∥op=∥u∥∥v∥\|[u,v]\|_{\mathrm{HS}}=\|[u,v]\|_{\mathrm{op}}=\|u\|\|v\|∥[u,v]∥HS​=∥[u,v]∥op​=∥u∥∥v∥; the two bracket composition identities; Proposition A.1, the unique nonsymmetric least-change update for ∥R1PR2∥HS\|R_1PR_2\|_{\mathrm{HS}}∥R1​PR2​∥HS​; and its instance R2=IR_2=IR2​=I, Broyden's update (A.5). The goal adds self-adjointness and a single two-sided weight.

The Annex then draws consequences of the goal, which are further milestones: the instance R=IR=IR=I is the psb (Powell symmetric Broyden) update; Proposition A.3 states that for nonzero y,sy,sy,s a self-adjoint positive operator (⟨Bu,u⟩>0\langle Bu,u\rangle>0⟨Bu,u⟩>0 for u≠0u\ne0u=0) with Bs=yBs=yBs=y exists if and only if y=C∗Csy=C^*Csy=C∗Cs for a bijective CCC, if and only if ⟨y,s⟩>0\langle y,s\rangle>0⟨y,s⟩>0; with R=C−1R=C^{-1}R=C−1 the weight becomes c=yc=yc=y and (A.7) becomes the dfp (Davidon–Fletcher–Powell) update (A.8); and (A.9) is a product form of the dfp update from which its positivity follows when BBB is self-adjoint positive and ⟨y,s⟩>0\langle y,s\rangle>0⟨y,s⟩>0.

Significance

The theorem gives a precise optimization property to a rank-two symmetric secant formula. It identifies the operator selected by the weighted least-change criterion and guarantees there is no other feasible minimizer with the same value. Taking the weight to be the identity yields the psb update, and taking R=C−1R=C^{-1}R=C−1 with C∗Cs=yC^*Cs=yC∗Cs=y yields the dfp update, so two of the classical symmetric secant formulas are least-change updates for different weights. Proposition A.1 similarly characterizes the rank-one update that becomes Broyden's formula when its right weight is the identity. These consequences explain why the familiar formulas arise from a common variational question, as the Annex states.

The paper supplies a mathematical proof. The remaining formalization work is to represent the Hilbert–Schmidt class, its norm and ideal property, the weighted objectives, and the exact minimization claims in Lean, then prove those claims. Mathlib supplies Hilbert spaces, Hilbert bases, bounded linear maps, adjoints, and the rank-one operator corresponding to the paper's bracket. The statements drafted for this mission compile, but they carry sorry and have no machine-checked proof from this mission yet. A completed development would leave reusable Hilbert–Schmidt and rank-one operator results beyond this quasi-Newton application.

Difficulty

The secant equation alone fixes an operator on only one vector. Even in two dimensions, a rank-one perturbation can satisfy that equation while failing to preserve self-adjointness. Requiring self-adjointness leaves many candidates, and minimizing the two-sided weighted Hilbert–Schmidt norm must distinguish exactly one of them. In infinite-dimensional spaces the norm also has a domain: some bounded operators have an infinite square sum. A formulation that silently assigns a finite default value to a nonsummable operator could turn the least-change claim into a different assertion. These are the mathematical and formal obstacles the milestone list exposes.

Formalization scope

Lean uses an arbitrary complete real inner-product space, with no finite-dimensional or separability assumption, and an arbitrary HilbertBasis index type. Each theorem takes a basis parameter; the basis-independence milestone states why this represents the paper's basis-free norm. The reusable definitions for the bracket and the Hilbert–Schmidt square sum are separate from the paper-specific feasible sets. bracket u v abbreviates Mathlib's rankOne ℝ u v, with vvv paired with the input. A bijective bounded operator is represented by a continuous linear equivalence R:H≃HR:\mathcal H\simeq\mathcal HR:H≃H; the bounded inverse theorem makes this equivalent to the paper's bijective member of L(H)L(\mathcal H)L(H). The definition of ccc applies the adjoint of R−1R^{-1}R−1 to R−1sR^{-1}sR−1s.

Lean's real tsum has a default value when the family is not summable, so the Hilbert–Schmidt norm is used as a norm only for operators satisfying the explicit summability predicate. Both Π\PiΠ and ΠS\Pi_SΠS​ include that predicate. The ideal-property milestone covers the weighted operators in the two objectives. The hypothesis s≠0s\ne0s=0 is exactly the proposition's condition; it entails ⟨c,s⟩=∥R−1s∥2>0\langle c,s\rangle=\|R^{-1}s\|^2>0⟨c,s⟩=∥R−1s∥2>0, so no extra nonzero-denominator hypothesis is imposed. The statement spells out “unique solution” as feasibility, minimality over every feasible perturbation, and equality of every feasible minimizer with PcP_cPc​. The paper prints “problem (A.5)” in Proposition A.2, but (A.5) labels Broyden's displayed formula; its preceding paragraph defines the relevant symmetric minimization as (A.6). This mission formalizes (A.6).

In Proposition A.3 and (A.9), "positive" is the paper's strict notion ⟨Bu,u⟩>0\langle Bu,u\rangle>0⟨Bu,u⟩>0 for u≠0u\ne0u=0, not the non-strict positivity of Mathlib. The identity (A.9) is stated for self-adjoint BBB and ⟨y,s⟩≠0\langle y,s\rangle\ne0⟨y,s⟩=0, the setting of the Annex's symmetric problem; the paper's sentence before the psb formula repeats the "(A.5)" misprint and is read as (A.6) in the same way.

The definition layer, basis independence, operator-ideal property, bracket results, both least-change propositions, and the Broyden, psb, dfp and positivity statements are welcome proof targets. The scaling results of §4.1 are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • Jean Charles Gilbert and Claude Lemaréchal, Some numerical experiments with variable-storage quasi-Newton algorithms, IIASA Working Paper WP-88-121, August 1988, §2.1 and Annex, printed pp. 3 and 26–30. Working paper PDF.
  • Jean Charles Gilbert and Claude Lemaréchal, Some numerical experiments with variable-storage quasi-Newton algorithms, Mathematical Programming 45 (1989), 407–435. DOI 10.1007/BF01589113. Cited for publication history; all statement indices above follow the working paper.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Branch-and-Bound Performance Estimation Programming: A Unified Methodology for Constructing Optimal Optimization Methods: Subgradient Rate L̃²(2√(4κ²(N+1)+1)−1)/(N+1) on Weakly Convex FunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many objectives in statistics and machine learning are neither smooth nor convex, yet are well behaved in a weaker sense: robust phase retrieval, blind deconvolution, robust PCA and training with piecewise-linear losses all lead to weakly convex functions, functions that become convex after adding a fixed quadratic. For such functions the plain subgradient method xk+1=xk−h f′(xk)x_{k+1}=x_k-h\,f'(x_k)xk+1​=xk​−hf′(xk​) remains the method of choice, and the natural question is how fast it reaches approximate stationarity. Davis and Drusvyatskiy (SIAM J. Optim. 2019) gave the first such rate, measured by the gradient of the Moreau envelope, of order L~2 4κ/N+1\widetilde L^2\,4\kappa/\sqrt{N+1}L24κ/N+1​.

Das Gupta, Van Parys and Ryu (Math. Program. 204 (2024) 567–639) introduced BnB-PEP, a branch-and-bound method for solving nonconvex performance-estimation problems to global optimality, and used it to construct optimal and efficient first-order methods. Their one fully analytical result (§6.3) is a new potential-function analysis of the subgradient method on weakly convex functions with bounded subgradients. It produces an explicit stepsize and a rate that strictly improves on the Davis–Drusvyatskiy bound for all large enough NNN. The certificate was found numerically; the paper then gives a classical proof that can be checked by hand. This mission formalizes that result.

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean norm. A function f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R is ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex if f+ρ2∥⋅∥2f+\frac{\rho}{2}\|\cdot\|^2f+2ρ​∥⋅∥2 is convex. For such fff, a vector ggg is a subgradient of fff at xxx, written g∈∂f(x)g\in\partial f(x)g∈∂f(x), when

f(y)≥f(x)+⟨g,y−x⟩−ρ2∥y−x∥2∀y∈Rd.f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle g,y-x\rangle-\frac{\rho}{2}\|y-x\|^2\qquad\forall y\in\mathbb R^d .f(y)≥f(x)+⟨g,y−x⟩−2ρ​∥y−x∥2∀y∈Rd.

The class Wρ,L\mathcal W_{\rho,L}Wρ,L​ consists of the ρ\rhoρ-weakly convex fff whose subgradients all satisfy ∥g∥≤L\|g\|\le L∥g∥≤L. Since f∈Wρ,Lf\in\mathcal W_{\rho,L}f∈Wρ,L​ exactly when f/ρ∈W1,L/ρf/\rho\in\mathcal W_{1,L/\rho}f/ρ∈W1,L/ρ​, the paper sets ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 and writes L~=L/ρ\widetilde L=L/\rhoL=L/ρ; here the normalized bound is written LLL (Lean: InWeakClass 1 L f, with subgradients IsWeakSubgrad 1 f x g).

For ρ^>1\hat\rho>1ρ^​>1 the proximal point prox(1/ρ^)f(x)\mathrm{prox}_{(1/\hat\rho)f}(x)prox(1/ρ^​)f​(x) is the unique minimizer of y↦f(y)+ρ^2∥y−x∥2y\mapsto f(y)+\frac{\hat\rho}{2}\|y-x\|^2y↦f(y)+2ρ^​​∥y−x∥2, and the Moreau envelope is the minimum value

f(1/ρ^)(x)=min⁡y{f(y)+ρ^2∥y−x∥2}f_{(1/\hat\rho)}(x)=\min_{y}\Big\{f(y)+\frac{\hat\rho}{2}\|y-x\|^2\Big\}f(1/ρ^​)​(x)=ymin​{f(y)+2ρ^​​∥y−x∥2}

(Lean: SAGA.Convex.IsProxPoint f (1/ρ̂) x y and moreauEnv ρ̂ f x). The envelope is continuously differentiable, and its gradient ∇f(1/ρ^)(x)=ρ^(x−y)\nabla f_{(1/\hat\rho)}(x)=\hat\rho(x-y)∇f(1/ρ^​)​(x)=ρ^​(x−y) is a subgradient of fff at the prox point yyy. With ρ^=2\hat\rho=2ρ^​=2, the paper's choice, ∥∇f(1/2)(x)∥\|\nabla f_{(1/2)}(x)\|∥∇f(1/2)​(x)∥ small means that xxx is near a point yyy that is nearly stationary for fff.

The method is xk+1=xk−h f′(xk)x_{k+1}=x_k-h\,f'(x_k)xk+1​=xk​−hf′(xk​) for k∈[0:N]k\in[0:N]k∈[0:N], where each f′(xk)∈∂f(xk)f'(x_k)\in\partial f(x_k)f′(xk​)∈∂f(xk​) is arbitrary. One writes yk=prox(1/2)f(xk)y_k=\mathrm{prox}_{(1/2)f}(x_k)yk​=prox(1/2)f​(xk​), f′(yk)=2(xk−yk)f'(y_k)=2(x_k-y_k)f′(yk​)=2(xk​−yk​), assumes a global minimizer x⋆x_\starx⋆​ and the initial condition f(y0)−f(x⋆)+∥x0−y0∥2≤R2f(y_0)-f(x_\star)+\|x_0-y_0\|^2\le R^2f(y0​)−f(x⋆​)+∥x0​−y0​∥2≤R2, and sets κ=R/L\kappa=R/Lκ=R/L.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 1 (p. 625)

For the stepsize h=4κ2(N+1)+1 / (2(N+1))h=\sqrt{4\kappa^2(N+1)+1}\,/\,(2(N+1))h=4κ2(N+1)+1​/(2(N+1)), provided h≤12h\le\frac12h≤21​,

1N+1∑i=0N∥∇f(1/2)(xi)∥2 ≤ L2(24κ2(N+1)+1−1)N+1.\frac{1}{N+1}\sum_{i=0}^{N}\|\nabla f_{(1/2)}(x_i)\|^2\ \le\ \frac{L^2\big(2\sqrt{4\kappa^2(N+1)+1}-1\big)}{N+1}.N+11​i=0∑N​∥∇f(1/2)​(xi​)∥2 ≤ N+1L2(24κ2(N+1)+1​−1)​.

The bound holds for every choice of subgradients along the run.

Theorem 1 (p. 623)

For h∈(0,12]h\in(0,\frac12]h∈(0,21​], bN+1=0b_{N+1}=0bN+1​=0, bk=4+(1−2h)bk+1b_k=4+(1-2h)b_{k+1}bk​=4+(1−2h)bk+1​ and ck=h2bk+1c_k=h^2b_{k+1}ck​=h2bk+1​, the potentials ψk=bk(f(yk)−f(x⋆)+∥xk−yk∥2)\psi_k=b_k\big(f(y_k)-f(x_\star)+\|x_k-y_k\|^2\big)ψk​=bk​(f(yk​)−f(x⋆​)+∥xk​−yk​∥2) satisfy

∥f′(yk)∥2+ψk+1−ψk≤ck∥f′(xk)∥2(k∈[0:N]),1N+1∑i=0N∥∇f(1/2)(xi)∥2≤1N+1(L2∑i=0Nci+b0R2).\|f'(y_k)\|^2+\psi_{k+1}-\psi_k\le c_k\|f'(x_k)\|^2\quad(k\in[0:N]),\qquad \frac{1}{N+1}\sum_{i=0}^{N}\|\nabla f_{(1/2)}(x_i)\|^2\le\frac{1}{N+1}\Big(L^2\sum_{i=0}^{N}c_i+b_0R^2\Big).∥f′(yk​)∥2+ψk+1​−ψk​≤ck​∥f′(xk​)∥2(k∈[0:N]),N+11​i=0∑N​∥∇f(1/2)​(xi​)∥2≤N+11​(L2i=0∑N​ci​+b0​R2).

Milestones

In proof order: the Moreau-envelope facts of §6.3.1; the one-step inequality (32) for an arbitrary point; the telescoping display after (32); the closed form (44) of bkb_kbk​ with nonnegativity; Theorem 1; the closed form (45) of its bound in hhh; the majorant (46) with Bernoulli's upper bound; and the minimizer hub⋆h^\star_{\mathrm{ub}}hub⋆​ of (46) with its value.

Significance

The result. Corollary 1 gives an explicit, non-asymptotic rate for the most basic method of nonsmooth nonconvex optimization, with explicit constants and an explicit stepsize. As N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ the bound is asymptotic to 4κL2/N+14\kappa L^2/\sqrt{N+1}4κL2/N+1​, and the paper shows it is strictly below the earlier bound L2 4κ/N+1L^2\,4\kappa/\sqrt{N+1}L24κ/N+1​ once N>(9−64κ2)/(64κ2)N>(9-64\kappa^2)/(64\kappa^2)N>(9−64κ2)/(64κ2). It also bounds min⁡i≤N∥∇f(1/2)(xi)∥2\min_{i\le N}\|\nabla f_{(1/2)}(x_i)\|^2mini≤N​∥∇f(1/2)​(xi​)∥2. It shows that computer-assisted performance estimation can produce closed-form guarantees beyond the convex, interpolable function classes where PEP is usually applied.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper twice (pp. 622–627), but nothing about weakly convex functions, their subdifferential or the Moreau envelope in the nonconvex regime is formalized on the platform, and the convergence analysis has not been machine-checked. A complete development formalizes the potential-function proof and supplies reusable facts about weakly convex functions and the Moreau envelope.

Difficulty

The scalar part of the argument ((44)–(46) and the plug-in) is elementary algebra and one Bernoulli inequality. The analytic weight sits in two places. First, the Moreau envelope of a nonconvex function: showing that the real infimum is attained at the prox point, that the envelope is differentiable with gradient ρ^(x−y)\hat\rho(x-y)ρ^​(x−y), and that this gradient is a subgradient of fff at yyy with the weak-convexity modulus 111 (not the modulus ρ^\hat\rhoρ^​ that the prox inequality gives directly). Second, inequality (32): it is not a consequence of convexity, since fff is not convex, and it must hold for an arbitrary current point and an arbitrary subgradient, with parameters bk,ckb_k,c_kbk​,ck​ fixed in advance. The obvious route through descent of fff itself fails: f(xk)−f(x⋆)f(x_k)-f(x_\star)f(xk​)−f(x⋆​) need not decrease for nonconvex fff, which is why the potential uses the envelope at the iterates.

Formalization scope

The carrier is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and fff is real-valued and defined everywhere. The weak-convexity modulus is normalized to ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1, and the Lean name L is the paper's L~\widetilde LL; the general class Wρ,L\mathcal W_{\rho,L}Wρ,L​ follows by scaling and is not stated. The subdifferential is the weak-convexity inequality above. For weakly convex fff it equals the Clarke, Fréchet and limiting subdifferentials, so it is the paper's abstract ∂f\partial f∂f in every admissible instance. The convex subdifferential of fff is not used: it can be empty for nonconvex fff and would make the statements vacuous. The run is given by sequences x g y : ℕ → E, with g k an arbitrary subgradient at x k for k≤Nk\le Nk≤N, and y k tied to x k by IsProxPoint f (1/2) for k≤N+1k\le N+1k≤N+1. f′(yk)f'(y_k)f′(yk​) is not free: it is 2(xk−yk)2(x_k-y_k)2(xk​−yk​). The Moreau envelope is a real ⨅; it is finite and attained in this regime, and the first milestone proves this. The parameters b,cb,cb,c of Theorem 1 are pinned by hypotheses, not chosen existentially.

Two hypotheses are made explicit. Corollary 1 is stated "in the setup of Theorem 1", which requires h∈(0,12]h\in(0,\frac12]h∈(0,21​]; for the prescribed stepsize this is 4κ2(N+1)+1≤(N+1)24\kappa^2(N+1)+1\le(N+1)^24κ2(N+1)+1≤(N+1)2, and it is carried as the hypothesis h≤12h\le\frac12h≤21​. It fails for N=0N=0N=0 and whenever κ\kappaκ is large relative to NNN. Inequality (32) is stated for one arbitrary step, under the nonnegativity of the alternate proof's weights (h≥0h\ge0h≥0, bk+1≥0b_{k+1}\ge0bk+1​≥0, hbk+1≤2hb_{k+1}\le2hbk+1​≤2). The minimizer x⋆x_\starx⋆​ is assumed, as in the paper; the remark on p. 627 that inf⁡f>−∞\inf f>-\inftyinff>−∞ suffices is not used.

Useful contributions include basic lemmas on weakly convex functions (existence of subgradients, strong convexity of the prox subproblem), differentiability of the Moreau envelope for ρ^>ρ\hat\rho>\rhoρ^​>ρ, the weighted-sum identity behind (32), and Bernoulli's upper bound (1+a)r≤1/(1−ra)(1+a)^r\le 1/(1-ra)(1+a)r≤1/(1−ra) for a∈[−1,0]a\in[-1,0]a∈[−1,0].

Selected references

  • S. Das Gupta, B. P. G. Van Parys, E. K. Ryu, Branch-and-bound performance estimation programming: a unified methodology for constructing optimal optimization methods, Mathematical Programming 204 (2024) 567–639. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-023-01973-1
  • D. Davis, D. Drusvyatskiy, Stochastic model-based minimization of weakly convex functions, SIAM Journal on Optimization 29(1) (2019) 207–239. https://doi.org/10.1137/18M1178244
  • Y. Drori, M. Teboulle, Performance of first-order methods for smooth convex minimization: a novel approach, Mathematical Programming 145 (2014) 451–482. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-013-0653-0
  • A. B. Taylor, J. M. Hendrickx, F. Glineur, Smooth strongly convex interpolation and exact worst-case performance of first-order methods, Mathematical Programming 161 (2017) 307–345. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-0985-6
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

An Augmented Lagrangian Based Algorithm for Distributed Nonconvex Optimization 2: Near a Regular KKT Point the Decoupled Subproblems Have Locally Unique Minimizers with ‖y−x*‖ ≤ χ₁‖x−x*‖+χ₂‖λ−λ*‖Research Paper

Motivation

Many large optimization problems arising in networked control, smart grids, distributed estimation and resource allocation have a separable objective with coupled affine constraints: NNN agents each own a variable xix_ixi​ and a private cost fif_ifi​, and only a linear constraint ∑iAixi=b\sum_i A_ix_i=b∑i​Ai​xi​=b ties them together. Distributed algorithms for such problems let each agent solve a small local problem and exchange only a few aggregated quantities. For convex problems the standard method is the alternating direction method of multipliers (ADMM), which converges at a linear rate; for nonconvex problems ADMM can diverge (Houska, Frasch and Diehl give a two-variable example in §2 of their paper).

Houska, Frasch and Diehl (SIAM J. Optim. 26 (2016)) proposed ALADIN (augmented Lagrangian based alternating direction inexact Newton method), which combines the decoupled augmented-Lagrangian subproblems of ADMM with a coupled equality-constrained quadratic program borrowed from sequential quadratic programming (SQP). Their local convergence analysis (§7) rests on one stability result for the decoupled subproblems, Lemma 3, which this mission formalizes. Similar statements are classical for augmented Lagrangian methods: Bertsekas analyzes minimizers of augmented Lagrangians under perturbation of the multiplier (Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multiplier Methods, 1982, Prop. 4.2.3), and Nocedal and Wright give a related analysis (Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., 2006, Thm. 17.6).

Setting

Problem (1.1). Given fi:Rn→Rf_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rfi​:Rn→R, hi:Rn→Rnhh_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{n_h}hi​:Rn→Rnh​, Ai∈Rm×nA_i\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}Ai​∈Rm×n (i=1,…,Ni=1,\dots,Ni=1,…,N) and b∈Rmb\in\mathbb R^mb∈Rm,

min⁡x ∑i=1Nfi(xi)s.t.∑i=1NAixi=b,hi(xi)≤0  (i=1,…,N).\min_{x}\ \sum_{i=1}^N f_i(x_i)\qquad\text{s.t.}\qquad \sum_{i=1}^N A_ix_i=b,\qquad h_i(x_i)\le 0\ \ (i=1,\dots,N).xmin​ i=1∑N​fi​(xi​)s.t.i=1∑N​Ai​xi​=b,hi​(xi​)≤0  (i=1,…,N).

All fif_ifi​ and hih_ihi​ are twice continuously differentiable (the paper's standing assumption in §3). The multiplier of the coupling constraint is λ∈Rm\lambda\in\mathbb R^mλ∈Rm, that of hi(xi)≤0h_i(x_i)\le0hi​(xi​)≤0 is κi∈Rnh\kappa_i\in\mathbb R^{n_h}κi​∈Rnh​.

A KKT point (x∗,λ∗,κ)(x^*,\lambda^*,\kappa)(x∗,λ∗,κ) is feasible, satisfies ∇fi(xi∗)+Ai⊤λ∗+∑jκij∇hij(xi∗)=0\nabla f_i(x^*_i)+A_i^\top\lambda^*+\sum_j\kappa_{ij}\nabla h_{ij}(x^*_i)=0∇fi​(xi∗​)+Ai⊤​λ∗+∑j​κij​∇hij​(xi∗​)=0 for every iii, and has κ≥0\kappa\ge0κ≥0 with κijhij(xi∗)=0\kappa_{ij}h_{ij}(x^*_i)=0κij​hij​(xi∗​)=0. It is regular if

  • LICQ holds: the rows of [A1⋯AN][A_1\cdots A_N][A1​⋯AN​] and the block gradients of the active constraints hij(xi∗)=0h_{ij}(x^*_i)=0hij​(xi∗​)=0 are linearly independent in RNn\mathbb R^{Nn}RNn;
  • strict complementarity holds: κij>0\kappa_{ij}>0κij​>0 on every active constraint;
  • the second-order sufficient condition holds: ∑idi⊤∇2[fi+κi⊤hi](xi∗)di>0\sum_i d_i^\top\nabla^2[f_i+\kappa_i^\top h_i](x^*_i)d_i>0∑i​di⊤​∇2[fi​+κi⊤​hi​](xi∗​)di​>0 for every nonzero ddd in the critical subspace {∑iAidi=0, ∇hij(xi∗)⊤di=0 on active (i,j)}\{\sum_iA_id_i=0,\ \nabla h_{ij}(x^*_i)^\top d_i=0 \text{ on active }(i,j)\}{∑i​Ai​di​=0, ∇hij​(xi∗​)⊤di​=0 on active (i,j)}.

The decoupled subproblems. In step 1 of ALADIN, given the current primal and dual iterates (x,λ)(x,\lambda)(x,λ), a penalty ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 and positive semidefinite scaling matrices Σi\Sigma_iΣi​, agent iii solves

min⁡yi fi(yi)+λ⊤Aiyi+ρ2∥yi−xi∥Σi2s.t.hi(yi)≤0,(3.2)\min_{y_i}\ f_i(y_i)+\lambda^\top A_iy_i+\frac\rho2\|y_i-x_i\|_{\Sigma_i}^2\qquad\text{s.t.}\qquad h_i(y_i)\le 0, \tag{3.2}yi​min​ fi​(yi​)+λ⊤Ai​yi​+2ρ​∥yi​−xi​∥Σi​2​s.t.hi​(yi​)≤0,(3.2)

with ∥v∥Σ2=v⊤Σv\|v\|_{\Sigma}^2=v^\top\Sigma v∥v∥Σ2​=v⊤Σv. These problems are nonconvex in general and are solved to local optimality.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 3 (p. 1117)

Let x∗x^*x∗ be a local minimizer of (1.1) with (x∗,λ∗,κ)(x^*,\lambda^*,\kappa)(x∗,λ∗,κ) a regular KKT point, and let ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 satisfy

∇2[fi+κi⊤hi](xi∗)+ρΣi≻0(i=1,…,N).\nabla^2\big[f_i+\kappa_i^\top h_i\big](x^*_i)+\rho\Sigma_i\succ 0\qquad(i=1,\dots,N).∇2[fi​+κi⊤​hi​](xi∗​)+ρΣi​≻0(i=1,…,N).

Then for every sufficiently small ball N\mathcal NN of radius ε\varepsilonε around the origin of RNn×Rm\mathbb R^{Nn}\times\mathbb R^mRNn×Rm there are constants χ,χ1,χ2<∞\chi,\chi_1,\chi_2<\inftyχ,χ1​,χ2​<∞ such that for all (x,λ)(x,\lambda)(x,λ) with (x−x∗,λ−λ∗)∈N(x-x^*,\lambda-\lambda^*)\in\mathcal N(x−x∗,λ−λ∗)∈N the problems (3.2) have local minimizers y=(y1,…,yN)y=(y_1,\dots,y_N)y=(y1​,…,yN​), unique in {x∗}⊕χN\{x^*\}\oplus\chi\mathcal N{x∗}⊕χN, with

∥y−x∗∥ ≤ χ1∥x−x∗∥+χ2∥λ−λ∗∥.\|y-x^*\|\ \le\ \chi_1\|x-x^*\|+\chi_2\|\lambda-\lambda^*\| .∥y−x∗∥ ≤ χ1​∥x−x∗∥+χ2​∥λ−λ∗∥.

The constants are not specified: the goal asserts only the shape of the estimate, not values of χ1,χ2\chi_1,\chi_2χ1​,χ2​.

Milestones (steps of the paper's proof, p. 1117)

  1. The Hessians ∇2[fi+κ′⊤hi](ξ)+ρΣi\nabla^2[f_i+\kappa'^\top h_i](\xi)+\rho\Sigma_i∇2[fi​+κ′⊤hi​](ξ)+ρΣi​ remain positive definite for (ξ,κ′)(\xi,\kappa')(ξ,κ′) near (xi∗,κi)(x^*_i,\kappa_i)(xi∗​,κi​).
  2. At (x,λ)=(x∗,λ∗)(x,\lambda)=(x^*,\lambda^*)(x,λ)=(x∗,λ∗), xi∗x^*_ixi∗​ is a stationary point with multiplier κi\kappa_iκi​ and a strict local minimizer of the iii-th subproblem: ξi(x∗,λ∗)=xi∗\xi_i(x^*,\lambda^*)=x^*_iξi​(x∗,λ∗)=xi∗​.
  3. Near (x∗,λ∗)(x^*,\lambda^*)(x∗,λ∗) the subproblems have locally unique local minimizers ξi(x,λ)\xi_i(x,\lambda)ξi​(x,λ) depending continuously differentiably on (x,λ)(x,\lambda)(x,λ).
  4. If χ1>∥∂xξ∥\chi_1>\|\partial_x\xi\|χ1​>∥∂x​ξ∥ and χ2>∥∂λξ∥\chi_2>\|\partial_\lambda\xi\|χ2​>∥∂λ​ξ∥ at (x∗,λ∗)(x^*,\lambda^*)(x∗,λ∗), then ∥ξ(x,λ)−ξ(x∗,λ∗)∥≤χ1∥x−x∗∥+χ2∥λ−λ∗∥\|\xi(x,\lambda)-\xi(x^*,\lambda^*)\|\le\chi_1\|x-x^*\|+\chi_2\|\lambda-\lambda^*\|∥ξ(x,λ)−ξ(x∗,λ∗)∥≤χ1​∥x−x∗∥+χ2​∥λ−λ∗∥ locally.

Significance

Lemma 3 is the bridge between ALADIN and the local theory of SQP. Once the decoupled minimizers are known to exist, to be locally unique, and to stay within a linear distance of x∗x^*x∗, the full-step variant of ALADIN behaves locally like an inexact SQP method, and the paper derives its local quadratic convergence estimates (with exact Hessians and a suitably large μ\muμ) from this. Without the lemma the local subproblems could jump between distant local minimizers of a nonconvex objective, and no local rate could be claimed.

The result is proved in the paper, in a short paragraph that delegates the main step to the regularity of the KKT point. No machine-checked version of this lemma, of the sensitivity theory of parametric nonlinear programs it rests on, or of ALADIN exists, as far as a search of the Prove2Me catalogue and Mathlib shows. Formalizing it means supplying the argument the paper leaves implicit: a parametric local-minimizer theorem for inequality-constrained problems under LICQ, strict complementarity and a second-order condition.

Difficulty

The obvious argument applies the implicit function theorem to the stationarity condition of (3.2), ∇fi(yi)+Ai⊤λ+ρΣi(yi−xi)=0\nabla f_i(y_i)+A_i^\top\lambda+\rho\Sigma_i(y_i-x_i)=0∇fi​(yi​)+Ai⊤​λ+ρΣi​(yi​−xi​)=0. That works only without inequality constraints. With constraints, the local minimizer satisfies a KKT system involving the multipliers and complementarity, which is not a smooth equation; one has to fix the active set, use strict complementarity to show that it does not change nearby, and use LICQ of the active constraints to make the reduced KKT matrix invertible. The second difficulty is uniqueness: the implicit function theorem gives a unique KKT point near (xi∗,κi)(x^*_i,\kappa_i)(xi∗​,κi​), but the lemma claims uniqueness among local minimizers within a ball in the primal variable alone, so the multipliers of any nearby local minimizer must be shown to lie near κi\kappa_iκi​. Third, the hypothesis is the positive definiteness of ∇2[fi+κi⊤hi]+ρΣi\nabla^2[f_i+\kappa_i^\top h_i]+\rho\Sigma_i∇2[fi​+κi⊤​hi​]+ρΣi​ on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, not only on the critical cone; the subproblems inherit their second-order condition from it rather than from the SOSC of (1.1).

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ with Mathlib's sup norm, blocks are indexed by Fin N, matrices are Mathlib Matrix over Fin index types, and λ∈\lambda\inλ∈ Fin m → ℝ. Gradients and Hessians enter through Fréchet derivatives (fderiv), with d⊤∇2g(z)dd^\top\nabla^2g(z)dd⊤∇2g(z)d written fderiv ℝ (fderiv ℝ g) z d d. LICQ is stated as linear independence of the active gradients in RNn\mathbb R^{Nn}RNn. The "sufficiently small open set N\mathcal NN" is read as every ball of radius ε∈(0,ε0]\varepsilon\in(0,\varepsilon_0]ε∈(0,ε0​] in the sup norm of RNn×Rm\mathbb R^{Nn}\times\mathbb R^mRNn×Rm, with χ,χ1,χ2\chi,\chi_1,\chi_2χ,χ1​,χ2​ allowed to depend on ε\varepsilonε but not on (x,λ)(x,\lambda)(x,λ); y∈{x∗}⊕χNy\in\{x^*\}\oplus\chi\mathcal Ny∈{x∗}⊕χN is read through the xxx-component, ∥y−x∗∥<χε\|y-x^*\|<\chi\varepsilon∥y−x∗∥<χε. Local minimizers are local minimizers on the feasible set and are required to be feasible. The hypotheses hi∈C2h_i\in C^2hi​∈C2 and Σi⪰0\Sigma_i\succeq0Σi​⪰0 come from the paper's standing assumptions (§3 and Algorithm 2, step 1).

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal keeps all four conclusions (local minimality, membership in the χε\chi\varepsilonχε-ball, uniqueness in that same ball, and the bound), since the bound alone is satisfied by y=x∗y=x^*y=x∗; and it quantifies over every small ball rather than asserting the result for one neighbourhood. The hypotheses are satisfiable: a sorry-free check with N=n=m=nh=1N=n=m=n_h=1N=n=m=nh​=1, f=0f=0f=0, h=−1h=-1h=−1, A=1A=1A=1, b=0b=0b=0, Σ=1\Sigma=1Σ=1, ρ=1\rho=1ρ=1 is in the development.

Needed infrastructure: a parametric implicit-function argument for KKT systems with a fixed active set, persistence of LICQ and of strict complementarity under perturbation, and second-order sufficiency for inequality-constrained problems. These pieces are reusable well beyond this mission, for any sensitivity or local-convergence analysis of nonlinear programs (SQP, augmented Lagrangian, interior-point methods). Proofs of any milestone, alternative routes (for instance via Robinson's strong regularity), and general lemmas on second-order sufficient conditions are welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Houska, J. Frasch, M. Diehl, An augmented Lagrangian based algorithm for distributed nonconvex optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 26(2), 1101–1127, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1137/140975991
  • J. Nocedal, S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Constrained Optimization and Lagrange Multiplier Methods, Academic Press, 1982, Proposition 4.2.3.
  • S. M. Robinson, Strongly regular generalized equations, Math. Oper. Res. 5(1), 43–62, 1980. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.5.1.43
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Complexity of Steepest Descent, Newton's and Regularized Newton's Methods for Nonconvex Unconstrained Optimization Problems 3: ARC Can Need ε^(−3/2+τ) Iterations to Reach |g| ≤ εResearch Paper

Motivation

Worst-case iteration counts are the standard way to compare unconstrained optimization methods on nonconvex problems. For finding an approximate first-order critical point, a point with ∥∇f(x)∥≤ϵ\|\nabla f(x)\|\le\epsilon∥∇f(x)∥≤ϵ, steepest descent needs at most O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) iterations on functions with a Lipschitz gradient. The cubic regularization of Newton's method needs at most O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) iterations on functions with a Lipschitz Hessian. This bound was proved by Nesterov and Polyak (2006) for exact global model minimization (doi:10.1007/s10107-006-0706-8). Cartis, Gould and Toint (2009a, 2011) extended it to the adaptive variant ARC with approximate model minimization (doi:10.1007/s10107-009-0286-5).

An upper bound alone leaves open whether a better analysis could lower it. Cartis, Gould and Toint (SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2010, doi:10.1137/090774100) settle this for three methods by explicit one- and two-dimensional examples. This mission formalizes the third: the O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) bound for ARC is sharp up to an arbitrarily small loss in the exponent.

Timeline:

  • 2006: Nesterov and Polyak prove the O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) bound for cubic regularization with exact global model minimization.
  • 2009–2011: Cartis, Gould and Toint introduce ARC with an adaptive weight and inexact minimization, and prove the same order.
  • 2010: the same authors construct functions on which steepest descent, Newton's method and ARC attain their worst-case orders up to τ\tauτ. The ARC example is in §5 of that paper.

Setting

Let f:R→Rf:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rf:R→R be twice continuously differentiable, and write g(x)=f′(x)g(x)=f'(x)g(x)=f′(x), H(x)=f′′(x)H(x)=f''(x)H(x)=f′′(x). At an iterate xkx_kxk​, with a regularization weight σk>0\sigma_k>0σk​>0, the cubic model (1.3) is

mk(xk+s)=f(xk)+g(xk) s+12H(xk) s2+13σk∣s∣3.m_k(x_k+s)=f(x_k)+g(x_k)\,s+\tfrac12H(x_k)\,s^2+\tfrac13\sigma_k|s|^3 .mk​(xk​+s)=f(xk​)+g(xk​)s+21​H(xk​)s2+31​σk​∣s∣3.

One iteration of the Adaptive Regularization with Cubics (ARC) algorithm, in the variant considered here, proceeds as follows.

  1. Compute a step sks_ksk​ that globally minimizes s↦mk(xk+s)s\mapsto m_k(x_k+s)s↦mk​(xk​+s).
  2. Form the ratio ρk=f(xk)−f(xk+sk)f(xk)−mk(xk+sk)\rho_k=\dfrac{f(x_k)-f(x_k+s_k)}{f(x_k)-m_k(x_k+s_k)}ρk​=f(xk​)−mk​(xk​+sk​)f(xk​)−f(xk​+sk​)​.
  3. Accept xk+1=xk+skx_{k+1}=x_k+s_kxk+1​=xk​+sk​ if ρk≥η1\rho_k\ge\eta_1ρk​≥η1​, and set xk+1=xkx_{k+1}=x_kxk+1​=xk​ otherwise.
  4. Update the weight: σk+1∈(0,σk]\sigma_{k+1}\in(0,\sigma_k]σk+1​∈(0,σk​] if ρk>η2\rho_k>\eta_2ρk​>η2​ (a very successful iteration), σk+1∈[σk,γ1σk]\sigma_{k+1}\in[\sigma_k,\gamma_1\sigma_k]σk+1​∈[σk​,γ1​σk​] if η1≤ρk≤η2\eta_1\le\rho_k\le\eta_2η1​≤ρk​≤η2​, and σk+1∈[γ1σk,γ2σk]\sigma_{k+1}\in[\gamma_1\sigma_k,\gamma_2\sigma_k]σk+1​∈[γ1​σk​,γ2​σk​] otherwise.

The parameters satisfy γ2≥γ1>1\gamma_2\ge\gamma_1>1γ2​≥γ1​>1 and 1>η2≥η1>01>\eta_2\ge\eta_1>01>η2​≥η1​>0. In Lean the model is SlowConvergence.ARC.model, the ratio rho, and a run is the predicate IsARCRun f γ₁ γ₂ η₁ η₂ x s σ.

The paper fixes τ>0\tau>0τ>0 and sets η=η(τ)=12(23−2τ−23)\eta=\eta(\tau)=\tfrac12\big(\tfrac2{3-2\tau}-\tfrac23\big)η=η(τ)=21​(3−2τ2​−32​). It then prescribes iterates x0=0x_0=0x0​=0, xk+1=xk+skx_{k+1}=x_k+s_kxk+1​=xk​+sk​ with sk=(1/(k+1))1/3+ηs_k=(1/(k+1))^{1/3+\eta}sk​=(1/(k+1))1/3+η, and function values f4,kf_{4,k}f4,k​ (5.3). At the iterates it prescribes gradients gk=−(1/(k+1))2/3+2ηg_k=-(1/(k+1))^{2/3+2\eta}gk​=−(1/(k+1))2/3+2η, Hessians Hk=0H_k=0Hk​=0 and weights σk=1\sigma_k=1σk​=1 (5.4).

Formalization targets

Goal

For every τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1) there are a function fff and a run of ARC on it from x0=0x_0=0x0​=0, σ0=1\sigma_0=1σ0​=1, with the following properties:

  • fff is C2C^2C2 and bounded below, and f′′f''f′′ is bounded and globally Lipschitz;
  • the run is valid for every admissible γ1,γ2,η1,η2\gamma_1,\gamma_2,\eta_1,\eta_2γ1​,γ2​,η1​,η2​, and every iteration is very successful;
  • the gradients satisfy
∣f′(xk)∣=(1k+1)23−2τ(k≥0),so∣f′(xk)∣≤ϵ ⟹ k+1 ≥ ⌊1ϵ3/2−τ⌋(0<ϵ<1).|f'(x_k)|=\Big(\frac1{k+1}\Big)^{\frac2{3-2\tau}}\quad(k\ge0),\qquad\text{so}\qquad |f'(x_k)|\le\epsilon\ \Longrightarrow\ k+1\ \ge\ \Big\lfloor\frac1{\epsilon^{3/2-\tau}}\Big\rfloor\quad(0<\epsilon<1).∣f′(xk​)∣=(k+11​)3−2τ2​(k≥0),so∣f′(xk​)∣≤ϵ ⟹ k+1 ≥ ⌊ϵ3/2−τ1​⌋(0<ϵ<1).

The goal fixes no Lipschitz constant or Hessian bound; it asserts the existence of the example, which is the paper's claim.

Milestones

  • η=2τ/(9−6τ)>0\eta=2\tau/(9-6\tau)>0η=2τ/(9−6τ)>0, and (5.4) gives (5.1).
  • (5.5)–(5.8): the prescribed data are an ARC run, each step is an exact global model minimizer, and every iteration is very successful.
  • (5.9)–(5.11): the coefficients (5.11) solve the Hermite interpolation conditions on [0,sk][0,s_k][0,sk​].
  • ϕk∈(0,1)\phi_k\in(0,1)ϕk​∈(0,1).
  • (5.12): ∣pk′′′(t)∣≤452|p_k'''(t)|\le452∣pk′′′​(t)∣≤452 on [0,sk][0,s_k][0,sk​], uniformly in kkk.
  • ∣pk′′′(0)∣≤20|p_k'''(0)|\le20∣pk′′′​(0)∣≤20.
  • The prescribed values f4,kf_{4,k}f4,k​ are nonnegative.

Significance

The example shows that the O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) upper bound of Nesterov–Polyak and Cartis–Gould–Toint cannot be improved to O(ϵ−3/2+τ)O(\epsilon^{-3/2+\tau})O(ϵ−3/2+τ) for any τ>0\tau>0τ>0, even in one dimension and with exact global model minimization. It also shows that adaptive weights do not help: the run is valid for every choice of the algorithm's parameters. Together with the paper's other two examples, it separates the worst-case orders of steepest descent and Newton's method (ϵ−2\epsilon^{-2}ϵ−2) from that of ARC (ϵ−3/2\epsilon^{-3/2}ϵ−3/2). The paper ends by asking whether ϵ−3/2\epsilon^{-3/2}ϵ−3/2 is optimal among all second-order methods. That question was answered later by Carmon, Duchi, Hinder and Sidford (2020) for a broad algorithm class.

The paper's argument is a construction checked by hand plus a plot of the first sixteen intervals. No machine-checked version of this lower bound is known to exist. A formal proof would certify every interpolation identity, the uniform third-derivative bound and the gluing into a globally C2C^2C2 function. The upper bounds of Nesterov and Polyak are separate statements on the platform (CubicNewton.Nonconvex.*) and are not proved there.

Difficulty

Checking the algebra at the iterates is routine; the difficulty is the function. The piecewise quintic must be twice continuously differentiable across infinitely many knots. Its second derivative must be Lipschitz with one constant on the whole line, although the intervals shrink like (k+1)−1/3−η(k+1)^{-1/3-\eta}(k+1)−1/3−η. This requires a third-derivative bound that does not grow with kkk. The obvious first idea is to interpolate values and slopes with cubics; it fails, because the second derivative must vanish at both ends of every interval to match Hk=0H_k=0Hk​=0. A further step is that the knots xkx_kxk​ go to +∞+\infty+∞ only because 1/3+η<11/3+\eta<11/3+η<1, which is where τ<1\tau<1τ<1 enters. Finally, fff must be extended to x<0x<0x<0 without losing boundedness below or the global Lipschitz bound.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. One dimension: f : ℝ → ℝ, ggg = deriv f, HHH = deriv (deriv f), ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ for the norm. The model uses the true second derivative of the same fff, not a free approximation BkB_kBk​. The step is a global minimizer of the model; uniqueness is not required.
  • Algorithm. The paper cites but does not restate ARC. The acceptance rule and the weight update are those of Algorithm 2.1 of Cartis, Gould and Toint (2009a). Lean's a/0=0a/0=0a/0=0 makes ρk=0\rho_k=0ρk​=0 when the predicted decrease vanishes, which never happens on this example.
  • Corrections to the printed text. τ∈(0,1)\tau\in(0,1)τ∈(0,1) instead of "any τ>0\tau>0τ>0" (for ϵ<1\epsilon<1ϵ<1 the bounds for small τ\tauτ imply the others). The count is k+1k+1k+1 rather than kkk: the printed "at least ⌊1/ϵ3/2−τ⌋\lfloor1/\epsilon^{3/2-\tau}\rfloor⌊1/ϵ3/2−τ⌋ iterations" is off by one for iterations, and correct for iterates/function evaluations. The verification (5.5)–(5.8) is stated for all k≥0k\ge0k≥0, not "k≥1k\ge1k≥1". The bound (5.12) is stated by its two ends only, because its middle lines drop absolute values.
  • Domain. fff is required on all of R\mathbb RR, with every property global. The paper builds fff on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and asserts the extension.
  • Ruling out trivial versions. The run and the function are existentially quantified in the conclusion, never assumed. The gradient formula is an equality and the run must satisfy every ARC rule for every parameter choice. Hence neither a vacuous run hypothesis nor a degenerate fff (e.g. one whose gradients vanish) proves the goal.
  • Infrastructure. The milestones are about the explicit data: Data (iterates, values, gradients, the model built from them) and Pieces (the quintics pkp_kpk​, ϕk\phi_kϕk​). Proofs of the polynomial identities and of gluing infinitely many polynomial pieces into a C2C^2C2 function with a global Lipschitz second derivative are reusable for the paper's other two examples. Proofs of the milestones, of the gluing lemma, and of the goal are all welcome.
  • Related platform objects. CubicNewton.Shared.cubicModel and IsCubicStep are the same model and step in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with M=2σM=2\sigmaM=2σ; they are not imported here.

Selected references

  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, On the complexity of steepest descent, Newton's and regularized Newton's methods for nonconvex unconstrained optimization problems, SIAM J. Optim. 20(6), 2010; preprint 15 Oct 2009. doi:10.1137/090774100
  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Adaptive cubic regularisation methods for unconstrained optimization. Part I: motivation, convergence and numerical results, Math. Program. 127, 2011 (cited as 2009a). doi:10.1007/s10107-009-0286-5
  • Yu. Nesterov, B. T. Polyak, Cubic regularization of Newton method and its global performance, Math. Program. 108, 2006. doi:10.1007/s10107-006-0706-8
  • Y. Carmon, J. C. Duchi, O. Hinder, A. Sidford, Lower bounds for finding stationary points I, Math. Program. 184, 2020. doi:10.1007/s10107-019-01406-y
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Numerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Cubic Regularisation Methods for Unconstrained Optimization. Part II: Worst-Case Function- and Derivative-Evaluation Complexity 1: Basic ARC Reaches ‖g‖ ≤ ε in O(ε^(−2)) IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Methods for smooth unconstrained minimization, min⁡x∈Rnf(x)\min_{x\in\mathbb R^n} f(x)minx∈Rn​f(x), are compared by how many evaluations of fff and of its gradient they need, in the worst case, to reach an approximately first-order critical point, an iterate with ∥∇f(xk)∥≤ϵ\|\nabla f(x_k)\|\le\epsilon∥∇f(xk​)∥≤ϵ. For steepest descent with a Lipschitz gradient the answer is O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) (Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization, 2004, p. 29). Nesterov and Polyak (2006) showed that globally minimizing a cubic regularisation of the second-order model, with the exact Hessian and a global Lipschitz constant, improves this to O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2).

The adaptive regularisation with cubics (ARC) framework of Cartis, Gould and Toint makes that idea practical: the Hessian is replaced by an approximation BkB_kBk​, the Lipschitz constant by an adaptive weight σk\sigma_kσk​, and the global model minimizer by any step that does at least as well as a Cauchy point. Part I (Math. Program. 127, 2011) proved global convergence; Part II (Math. Program. 130, 2011) counts evaluations. This mission covers the first count of Part II (§§2–3): with only the Cauchy condition on the step, ARC needs O(ϵ−2)O(\epsilon^{-2})O(ϵ−2) iterations, the same order as steepest descent and as trust-region methods (Gratton, Sartenaer and Toint, SIAM J. Optim. 19, 2008).

Setting

Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be continuously differentiable (AF.1), g(x)=∇f(x)g(x)=\nabla f(x)g(x)=∇f(x), and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ the Euclidean norm. At iterate xkx_kxk​, with a symmetric matrix BkB_kBk​ and a weight σk>0\sigma_k>0σk​>0, the cubic model is

mk(s)=f(xk)+sTgk+12sTBks+13σk∥s∥3,gk=g(xk).m_k(s)=f(x_k)+s^Tg_k+\tfrac12 s^TB_ks+\tfrac13\sigma_k\|s\|^3,\qquad g_k=g(x_k).mk​(s)=f(xk​)+sTgk​+21​sTBk​s+31​σk​∥s∥3,gk​=g(xk​).

Algorithm 2.1 (ARC) takes parameters γ2≥γ1>1\gamma_2\ge\gamma_1>1γ2​≥γ1​>1, 1>η2≥η1>01>\eta_2\ge\eta_1>01>η2​≥η1​>0, σ0>0\sigma_0>0σ0​>0 and a starting point x0x_0x0​. At iteration kkk it

  1. picks any step sks_ksk​ satisfying the Cauchy condition mk(sk)≤mk(−αgk)m_k(s_k)\le m_k(-\alpha g_k)mk​(sk​)≤mk​(−αgk​) for every α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0;
  2. computes ρk=(f(xk)−f(xk+sk))/(f(xk)−mk(sk))\rho_k=\big(f(x_k)-f(x_k+s_k)\big)/\big(f(x_k)-m_k(s_k)\big)ρk​=(f(xk​)−f(xk​+sk​))/(f(xk​)−mk​(sk​));
  3. sets xk+1=xk+skx_{k+1}=x_k+s_kxk+1​=xk​+sk​ if ρk≥η1\rho_k\ge\eta_1ρk​≥η1​ (a successful iteration), and xk+1=xkx_{k+1}=x_kxk+1​=xk​ otherwise (unsuccessful);
  4. picks σk+1\sigma_{k+1}σk+1​ in (0,σk](0,\sigma_k](0,σk​] if ρk>η2\rho_k>\eta_2ρk​>η2​ (very successful), in [σk,γ1σk][\sigma_k,\gamma_1\sigma_k][σk​,γ1​σk​] if η1≤ρk≤η2\eta_1\le\rho_k\le\eta_2η1​≤ρk​≤η2​, and in [γ1σk,γ2σk][\gamma_1\sigma_k,\gamma_2\sigma_k][γ1​σk​,γ2​σk​] otherwise.

For j≥0j\ge0j≥0, Sj\mathcal S_jSj​ and Uj\mathcal U_jUj​ are the successful and unsuccessful iterations among 0,…,j0,\dots,j0,…,j. The complexity results use three assumptions: AM.1, ∥Bk∥≤κB\|B_k\|\le\kappa_B∥Bk​∥≤κB​ for all kkk; AF.4, ∥g(x)−g(y)∥≤κH∥x−y∥\|g(x)-g(y)\|\le\kappa_H\|x-y\|∥g(x)−g(y)∥≤κH​∥x−y∥ on an open convex set XXX, with κH≥1\kappa_H\ge1κH​≥1; and a lower bound f(xk)≥flowf(x_k)\ge f_{\rm low}f(xk​)≥flow​. Optionally, (2.10): σk+1≥γ3σk\sigma_{k+1}\ge\gamma_3\sigma_kσk+1​≥γ3​σk​ on very successful iterations, for some γ3∈(0,1]\gamma_3\in(0,1]γ3​∈(0,1]. The constants are

κHB=10821−η2(κH+κB),αC=[62max⁡(1+κB,2max⁡(σ0,κHBγ2))]−1,\kappa_{HB}=\frac{108\sqrt2}{1-\eta_2}(\kappa_H+\kappa_B),\qquad \alpha_C=\Big[6\sqrt2\max\big(1+\kappa_B,2\max(\sqrt{\sigma_0},\kappa_{HB}\sqrt{\gamma_2})\big)\Big]^{-1},κHB​=1−η2​1082​​(κH​+κB​),αC​=[62​max(1+κB​,2max(σ0​​,κHB​γ2​​))]−1, κCs=f(x0)−flowη1αC,κCu=1log⁡γ1max⁡(1,γ2κHB2σ0),κC=(1−log⁡γ3log⁡γ1)κCs+κCu.\kappa^s_C=\frac{f(x_0)-f_{\rm low}}{\eta_1\alpha_C},\qquad \kappa^u_C=\frac{1}{\log\gamma_1}\max\Big(1,\frac{\gamma_2\kappa_{HB}^2}{\sigma_0}\Big),\qquad \kappa_C=\Big(1-\frac{\log\gamma_3}{\log\gamma_1}\Big)\kappa^s_C+\kappa^u_C.κCs​=η1​αC​f(x0​)−flow​​,κCu​=logγ1​1​max(1,σ0​γ2​κHB2​​),κC​=(1−logγ1​logγ3​​)κCs​+κCu​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 3.4

Let ϵ∈(0,1]\epsilon\in(0,1]ϵ∈(0,1] with ∥g0∥>ϵ\|g_0\|>\epsilon∥g0​∥>ϵ, and let j1≤∞j_1\le\inftyj1​≤∞ be the first iteration with ∥gj1+1∥≤ϵ\|g_{j_1+1}\|\le\epsilon∥gj1​+1​∥≤ϵ. Then

∣Sj1∣≤L1s=⌈κCs ϵ−2⌉,|\mathcal S_{j_1}|\le L^s_1=\big\lceil\kappa^s_C\,\epsilon^{-2}\big\rceil,∣Sj1​​∣≤L1s​=⌈κCs​ϵ−2⌉,

and, if (2.10) holds,

j1≤L1=⌈κC ϵ−2⌉.j_1\le L_1=\big\lceil\kappa_C\,\epsilon^{-2}\big\rceil .j1​≤L1​=⌈κC​ϵ−2⌉.

The constants are kept exactly as printed. The first bound counts gradient evaluations and the second counts all iterations, which is the number of function evaluations.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.1: under (2.10) and σk≤σˉ\sigma_k\le\bar\sigmaσk​≤σˉ, the bound ∣Uj∣≤⌈−(log⁡γ3/log⁡γ1)∣Sj∣+log⁡(σˉ/σ0)/log⁡γ1⌉|\mathcal U_j|\le\lceil-(\log\gamma_3/\log\gamma_1)|\mathcal S_j|+\log(\bar\sigma/\sigma_0)/\log\gamma_1\rceil∣Uj​∣≤⌈−(logγ3​/logγ1​)∣Sj​∣+log(σˉ/σ0​)/logγ1​⌉, and its variant (2.14) when σk≥σmin⁡\sigma_k\ge\sigma_{\min}σk​≥σmin​.
  2. Theorem 2.2: a model decrease of αϵp\alpha\epsilon^pαϵp on a set So\mathcal S_oSo​ of successful iterations gives ∣So∣≤⌈(f(x0)−flow)ϵ−p/(η1α)⌉|\mathcal S_o|\le\lceil(f(x_0)-f_{\rm low})\epsilon^{-p}/(\eta_1\alpha)\rceil∣So​∣≤⌈(f(x0​)−flow​)ϵ−p/(η1​α)⌉.
  3. Lemma 3.1: the Cauchy decrease (3.3) and the step bound (3.4).
  4. Lemma 3.2: σk∥gk∥>κHB\sqrt{\sigma_k\|g_k\|}>\kappa_{HB}σk​∥gk​∥​>κHB​ makes iteration kkk very successful.
  5. Lemma 3.3: σk≤max⁡(σ0,γ2κHB2/ϵ)\sigma_k\le\max(\sigma_0,\gamma_2\kappa_{HB}^2/\epsilon)σk​≤max(σ0​,γ2​κHB2​/ϵ) while ∥gk∥>ϵ\|g_k\|>\epsilon∥gk​∥>ϵ.
  6. (3.20), (3.21), (3.22) of the proof of Corollary 3.4: the decrease αCϵ2\alpha_C\epsilon^2αC​ϵ2, the first half of the corollary, and the bound on ∣Uj1∣|\mathcal U_{j_1}|∣Uj1​​∣.

Significance

The corollary establishes that the ARC framework, whatever step it takes beyond the Cauchy point and whatever symmetric BkB_kBk​ it uses, is never worse than steepest descent in evaluation count. It is the baseline against which Part II measures its second-order variant ARC(S), whose O(ϵ−3/2)O(\epsilon^{-3/2})O(ϵ−3/2) bound is the subject of a separate mission in this series. Theorems 2.1 and 2.2 are generic: they convert any per-iteration model decrease and any bound on σk\sigma_kσk​ into iteration counts, and are reused verbatim for ARC(S).

The results are proved in the paper. No machine-checked proof of any of them exists on Prove2Me or, to our knowledge, elsewhere. The work here is to formalize the known proofs: the Cauchy-point analysis of Part I (quoted, not reproved, in Part II), the Taylor-remainder estimate of Lemma 3.2, and the counting arguments. Formalizing also checks the printed statements: two of them need a small correction (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

Each step is elementary, but the statements are about a nondeterministic algorithm: sks_ksk​ and σk+1\sigma_{k+1}σk+1​ are choices, so every bound must hold for all admissible choices, not for one convenient run. The constants are explicit, and the ceilings interact: the printed proof of (3.17) adds the ceilings of (3.15) and (3.22), which does not by itself give ⌈κCϵ−2⌉\lceil\kappa_C\epsilon^{-2}\rceil⌈κC​ϵ−2⌉; the bound must be derived from the unrounded estimates. Lemma 3.1 i) requires a careful one-dimensional analysis of α↦mk(−αgk)\alpha\mapsto m_k(-\alpha g_k)α↦mk​(−αgk​) with an indefinite BkB_kBk​. The ratio ρk\rho_kρk​ is a quotient, and its denominator must be shown positive before any comparison with η1\eta_1η1​, η2\eta_2η2​ is meaningful.

Formalization scope

The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); ggg is Mathlib's gradient f; BkB_kBk​ is a continuous linear operator with IsSelfAdjoint, and ∥Bk∥\|B_k\|∥Bk​∥ is the operator norm. A run is a predicate IsARCRun on the sequences x,s,σ,Bx,s,\sigma,Bx,s,σ,B; the Cauchy condition is stated as mk(sk)≤mk(−αgk)m_k(s_k)\le m_k(-\alpha g_k)mk​(sk​)≤mk​(−αgk​) for all α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0, which is equivalent to comparing with the Cauchy point and avoids defining an argmin. The run is infinite; a run that the paper would stop at gk=0g_k=0gk​=0 extends trivially, and every statement only concerns iterations with ∥gk∥>ϵ\|g_k\|>\epsilon∥gk​∥>ϵ. Lean's x / 0 = 0 gives ρk=0\rho_k=0ρk​=0 (unsuccessful) when f(xk)=mk(sk)f(x_k)=m_k(s_k)f(xk​)=mk​(sk​); Theorem 2.2 assumes (2.6), mk(sk)<f(xk)m_k(s_k)<f(x_k)mk​(sk​)<f(xk​), up to its horizon, and §3's results need nothing extra because gk≠0g_k\neq0gk​=0 makes the denominator positive.

"j1≤Lj_1\le Lj1​≤L" is stated as: every jjj with ∥gk∥>ϵ\|g_k\|>\epsilon∥gk​∥>ϵ for all k≤jk\le jk≤j satisfies j≤Lj\le Lj≤L (and similarly for ∣Sj∣|\mathcal S_j|∣Sj​∣). This asserts that j1j_1j1​ is finite without presupposing it. Statements with j≤∞j\le\inftyj≤∞ are given for every finite jjj.

Two corrections to the printed text are built in. In Theorem 2.1 the bound σk≤σˉ\sigma_k\le\bar\sigmaσk​≤σˉ is assumed for k≤j+1k\le j+1k≤j+1: as printed (k≤jk\le jk≤j) the theorem fails for j=0j=0j=0, iteration 000 unsuccessful, σˉ=σ0\bar\sigma=\sigma_0σˉ=σ0​. In AF.4 the set XXX must contain the trial points xk+skx_k+s_kxk​+sk​ as well as the iterates, because Lemma 3.2 applies the Lipschitz bound on the segment [xk,xk+sk][x_k,x_k+s_k][xk​,xk​+sk​].

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal quantifies over every admissible step and weight update rather than one particular choice, keeps (2.10) out of the first conclusion, and keeps every constant as printed rather than replacing it by an existential.

A complete development needs the one-dimensional cubic analysis behind Lemma 3.1, a mean-value bound for C1C^1C1 functions along a segment, and finite counting over Finset.range. The generic counting results (Theorems 2.1, 2.2) are reusable for every ARC variant. Proofs of any milestone, and of the goal from the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Adaptive cubic regularisation methods for unconstrained optimization. Part II: worst-case function- and derivative-evaluation complexity, Math. Program. 130(2):295–319, 2011 (preprint rev. 15 Sep 2009 used here). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0337-y
  • C. Cartis, N. I. M. Gould, Ph. L. Toint, Adaptive cubic regularisation methods for unconstrained optimization. Part I: motivation, convergence and numerical results, Math. Program. 127(2):245–295, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0286-5
  • Yu. Nesterov, B. T. Polyak, Cubic regularization of Newton method and its global performance, Math. Program. 108(1):177–205, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0706-8
  • S. Gratton, A. Sartenaer, Ph. L. Toint, Recursive trust-region methods for multiscale nonlinear optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 19(1):414–444, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/050644043
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Conservative Set Valued Fields, Automatic Differentiation, Stochastic Gradient Methods and Deep Learning 1: A Conservative Field Equals the Gradient of Its Potential Almost EverywhereResearch Paper

Motivation

Training a neural network with nonsmooth activations (ReLU, max-pooling, absolute values) means running a stochastic gradient method in which the "gradient" is whatever the automatic differentiation library returns. For nonsmooth programs that output is in general neither a gradient nor a Clarke subgradient: the chain rule fails for the Clarke subdifferential, and the same function written in two ways can receive two different derivatives at the same point. Bolte and Pauwels (TSE Working Paper 1044, 2019; published in Mathematical Programming, 2021) introduced conservative set-valued fields as a class of generalized derivatives that is closed under the operations automatic differentiation performs and still carries enough information to analyse descent methods.

The framework is used in the analysis of nonsmooth automatic differentiation and of stochastic subgradient methods in machine learning (for instance Bolte and Pauwels, NeurIPS 2020). The present mission formalizes the first structural theorem of the theory.

Setting

Write Rp\mathbb R^pRp for Euclidean space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩. A set-valued map D:Rp⇉RpD:\mathbb R^p\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^pD:Rp⇉Rp assigns to each xxx a subset D(x)⊆RpD(x)\subseteq\mathbb R^pD(x)⊆Rp; it has closed graph if {(x,z):z∈D(x)}\{(x,z): z\in D(x)\}{(x,z):z∈D(x)} is closed in Rp×Rp\mathbb R^p\times\mathbb R^pRp×Rp. A path γ:[0,1]→Rp\gamma:[0,1]\to\mathbb R^pγ:[0,1]→Rp is absolutely continuous if it is differentiable almost everywhere and γ(t)−γ(0)=∫0tγ˙\gamma(t)-\gamma(0)=\int_0^t\dot\gammaγ(t)−γ(0)=∫0t​γ˙​; it is a loop if γ(0)=γ(1)\gamma(0)=\gamma(1)γ(0)=γ(1).

Definition 1. DDD is a conservative field if it has closed graph, nonempty compact values, and for every absolutely continuous loop γ\gammaγ

∫01max⁡v∈D(γ(t))⟨γ˙(t),v⟩ dt=0.\int_0^1\max_{v\in D(\gamma(t))}\langle\dot\gamma(t),v\rangle\,dt=0 .∫01​v∈D(γ(t))max​⟨γ˙​(t),v⟩dt=0.

The integrand is Lebesgue measurable (Lemma 1), so the condition is that circulations along loops vanish, as for gradient fields in classical vector calculus, but with a maximum over the set D(γ(t))D(\gamma(t))D(γ(t)) in place of a single vector.

Definition 2. A function f:Rp→Rf:\mathbb R^p\to\mathbb Rf:Rp→R is a potential for DDD (and DDD is a conservative field for fff) if for every xxx and every absolutely continuous path γ\gammaγ from 000 to xxx

f(x)=f(0)+∫01max⁡v∈D(γ(t))⟨γ˙(t),v⟩ dt.f(x)=f(0)+\int_0^1\max_{v\in D(\gamma(t))}\langle\dot\gamma(t),v\rangle\,dt .f(x)=f(0)+∫01​v∈D(γ(t))max​⟨γ˙​(t),v⟩dt.

Examples: the gradient of a C1C^1C1 function; the Clarke subdifferential of a semialgebraic locally Lipschitz function; the output of forward or reverse mode automatic differentiation on a program built from definable elementary functions (the subject of the companion mission in this series).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 9)

If DDD is a conservative field and fff a (locally Lipschitz continuous) potential for DDD, then for Lebesgue-almost every x∈Rpx\in\mathbb R^px∈Rp, fff is differentiable at xxx and

D(x)={∇f(x)}.D(x)=\{\nabla f(x)\} .D(x)={∇f(x)}.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 5): for closed-graph, nonempty compact-valued DDD and absolutely continuous γ\gammaγ, the function t↦max⁡v∈D(γ(t))⟨γ˙(t),v⟩t\mapsto\max_{v\in D(\gamma(t))}\langle\dot\gamma(t),v\ranglet↦maxv∈D(γ(t))​⟨γ˙​(t),v⟩ is Lebesgue measurable on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  2. Remark 3(a) (p. 7): for conservative DDD, the max-integral along any path from 000 to xxx equals the min-integral along any other such path; hence every conservative field has a potential.
  3. Remark 3(d) (pp. 7–8): every potential is locally Lipschitz.
  4. Line integral (proof of Theorem 1, p. 9): for a measurable selection aaa of DDD, f(x+tv)−f(x+sv)=∫st⟨v,a(x+τv)⟩ dτf(x+tv)-f(x+sv)=\int_s^t\langle v,a(x+\tau v)\rangle\,d\tauf(x+tv)−f(x+sv)=∫st​⟨v,a(x+τv)⟩dτ for all x,vx,vx,v and s<ts<ts<t.
  5. Equation (6) (p. 9): f′(y;v)=⟨v,a(y)⟩f'(y;v)=\langle v,a(y)\ranglef′(y;v)=⟨v,a(y)⟩ for almost every yyy on each line x+Rvx+\mathbb Rvx+Rv.
  6. Almost everywhere in Rp\mathbb R^pRp (p. 9): for fixed vvv, f′(y;v)=⟨v,a(y)⟩f'(y;v)=\langle v,a(y)\ranglef′(y;v)=⟨v,a(y)⟩ for almost every y∈Rpy\in\mathbb R^py∈Rp.
  7. Selection equals gradient (p. 9): fff is differentiable and a(y)=∇f(y)a(y)=\nabla f(y)a(y)=∇f(y) for almost every yyy.

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 says that a conservative field, although set-valued and possibly far from any subdifferential, differs from the gradient of its potential only on a Lebesgue-null set. Several consequences in the paper rest on it: the Clarke subdifferential of fff is contained in the convex hull of every conservative field for fff, so it is the minimal convex-valued conservative field (Corollary 1), and a Fermat rule 0∈conv⁡D(x)0\in\operatorname{conv}D(x)0∈convD(x) at local extrema of fff (Proposition 1). Combined with the companion result that automatic differentiation produces conservative fields, it implies that the derivatives returned by automatic differentiation agree with the gradient outside a Lebesgue-null set.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; this mission formalizes the known proof. No conservative-field calculus exists in Mathlib or on the platform. The mission produces the definitions of conservative fields and potentials in Lean, a measurability result for marginal functions of closed-graph set-valued maps along absolutely continuous paths, and an almost-everywhere identification of measurable selections with gradients that can be reused for other "derivative equals selection almost everywhere" statements.

Difficulty

The obvious argument runs: fff is locally Lipschitz, hence differentiable almost everywhere by Rademacher's theorem, and at a point of differentiability D(x)D(x)D(x) must be {∇f(x)}\{\nabla f(x)\}{∇f(x)}. The second step fails. Conservativity is an integral condition along curves, and it says nothing about the value of DDD at an individual point of differentiability; a pointwise argument cannot exclude extra elements of D(x)D(x)D(x). The identification therefore holds only almost everywhere and has to be extracted from integral information, which brings in three ingredients absent from Mathlib: measurability of t↦max⁡v∈D(γ(t))⟨γ˙(t),v⟩t\mapsto\max_{v\in D(\gamma(t))}\langle\dot\gamma(t),v\ranglet↦maxv∈D(γ(t))​⟨γ˙​(t),v⟩ for closed-graph compact-valued maps with no local boundedness assumption; measurable selections of such maps, including a countable family dense in every value (a Castaing representation); and, for Remark 3(d), the local boundedness of conservative fields (Borwein, Moors and Wang). Passing from "almost every point of every line" to "almost every point of Rp\mathbb R^pRp" also requires measurability of the exceptional set, which is not automatic.

Formalization scope

Rp\mathbb R^pRp is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), Lebesgue measure is volume, and a set-valued map is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p) → Set (EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p)). A path is a function ℝ → ℝ^p satisfying AbsolutelyContinuousOnInterval γ 0 1 (Mathlib's ε\varepsilonε–δ\deltaδ definition on [0,1][0,1][0,1], equivalent there to the paper's); its values outside [0,1][0,1][0,1] are irrelevant and γ˙\dot\gammaγ˙​ is deriv γ. The maximum and minimum over D(γ(t))D(\gamma(t))D(γ(t)) are sSup and sInf of the image of a nonempty compact set, hence attained.

Since Lean's integral of a non-integrable function is 000, Definitions 1 and 2 require the circulation to be integrable in addition to having the stated integral; without this conjunct every field with non-integrable circulations would count as conservative, which is a trivializing reading excluded here. Likewise "D={∇f}D=\{\nabla f\}D={∇f}" is formalized as differentiability of fff at xxx together with set equality D(x)={∇f(x)}D(x)=\{\nabla f(x)\}D(x)={∇f(x)}, because Lean's gradient is 000 where fff is not differentiable. Definition 2 is the paper's form (2) with base point 000; the min-form and the forms (3)–(4) are consequences, not definitions. Measurable selections appear as hypotheses (Borel measurable aaa with a(y)∈D(y)a(y)\in D(y)a(y)∈D(y)); their existence is not claimed by any milestone. The local Lipschitz hypothesis of Theorem 1 is kept as printed, and local (not global) Lipschitz continuity is used throughout.

Theorem numbers and pages refer to the TSE Working Paper 1044 version (October 2019), not to the Mathematical Programming typesetting.

Welcome contributions: a Castaing representation / Kuratowski–Ryll-Nardzewski selection theorem for closed-graph compact-valued maps on Rp\mathbb R^pRp; Rademacher's theorem for locally Lipschitz functions; Fubini-type "null on every line implies null" lemmas on EuclideanSpace; the fundamental theorem of calculus for absolutely continuous vector-valued paths.

Selected references

  • J. Bolte, E. Pauwels, Conservative set valued fields, automatic differentiation, stochastic gradient methods and deep learning, TSE Working Paper 1044, 2019; Mathematical Programming 188 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-020-01501-5
  • J. Bolte, E. Pauwels, A mathematical model for automatic differentiation in machine learning, NeurIPS 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2006.02080
  • J. M. Borwein, W. B. Moors, X. Wang, Generalized subdifferentials: a Baire categorical approach, Transactions of the AMS 353 (2001) 3875–3893. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-01-02820-3
  • C. D. Aliprantis, K. C. Border, Infinite Dimensional Analysis: A Hitchhiker's Guide, 3rd ed., Springer, 2006 (cited by the paper as 2005). https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-29587-9
  • L. C. Evans, R. F. Gariepy, Measure Theory and Fine Properties of Functions, revised edition, Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2015 (Rademacher's theorem, Theorem 3.2). https://doi.org/10.1201/b18333
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization II: With a Randomized Order and a Diminishing Stepsize, Incremental Subgradient-Proximal Methods Converge Almost Surely to an OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistical learning, signal processing and distributed optimization minimize a sum of a large number mmm of convex components over a convex set: a data-fit term per sample plus a regularizer or constraint per sample. When mmm is large, a method that processes one component per iteration is often far cheaper per step than one that evaluates the whole sum. Incremental methods do exactly this. The incremental subgradient method of Nedić and Bertsekas (SIAM J. Optim., 2001) takes a subgradient step on one component at a time; the incremental proximal method replaces some of these steps by proximal steps, which are more stable and are cheap when a component has a closed-form proximal map (an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ term, an indicator of a simple set).

Bertsekas, Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization (Report LIDS-P-2847, MIT, 2010, revised 2011; Math. Program. 129 (2011), doi:10.1007/s10107-011-0472-0), combines the two: each component is split as Fi=fi+hiF_i=f_i+h_iFi​=fi​+hi​, with a proximal step on fif_ifi​ and a subgradient step on hih_ihi​, followed by a projection. The paper analyzes two ways of choosing the component at each iteration, a fixed cyclic order and a randomized order. This mission covers the randomized order (§4 of the paper); its companion mission covers the cyclic order.

Setting

Let X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be a nonempty closed convex set and let fi,hi:Rn→Rf_i,h_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rfi​,hi​:Rn→R, i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m, be convex. The problem is

minimize F(x)=∑i=1m(fi(x)+hi(x))subject to x∈X,\text{minimize } F(x)=\sum_{i=1}^m\bigl(f_i(x)+h_i(x)\bigr)\quad\text{subject to } x\in X,minimize F(x)=i=1∑m​(fi​(x)+hi​(x))subject to x∈X,

with optimal value F∗=inf⁡x∈XF(x)F^*=\inf_{x\in X}F(x)F∗=infx∈X​F(x), possibly −∞-\infty−∞, and optimal set X∗={x∗∈X∣F(x∗)=F∗}X^*=\{x^*\in X\mid F(x^*)=F^*\}X∗={x∗∈X∣F(x∗)=F∗}, possibly empty. PXP_XPX​ is the Euclidean projection on XXX and ∇~f(x)\tilde\nabla f(x)∇~f(x) a subgradient of fff at xxx.

At iteration kkk a component index ωk∈{1,…,m}\omega_k\in\{1,\dots,m\}ωk​∈{1,…,m} is drawn and, with stepsize αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0, one of three updates is applied:

zk=PX(xk−αk∇~fωk(zk)),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hωk(zk)),(42)z_k=P_X\bigl(x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{\omega_k}(z_k)\bigr),\qquad x_{k+1}=P_X\bigl(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{\omega_k}(z_k)\bigr),\qquad(42)zk​=PX​(xk​−αk​∇~fωk​​(zk​)),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hωk​​(zk​)),(42) zk=xk−αk∇~fωk(zk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hωk(zk)),(43)z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{\omega_k}(z_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=P_X\bigl(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{\omega_k}(z_k)\bigr),\qquad(43)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~fωk​​(zk​),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hωk​​(zk​)),(43) zk=xk−αk∇~hωk(xk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~fωk(xk+1)).(44)z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{\omega_k}(x_k),\qquad x_{k+1}=P_X\bigl(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{\omega_k}(x_{k+1})\bigr).\qquad(44)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~hωk​​(xk​),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~fωk​​(xk+1​)).(44)

The implicit equations are proximal steps: in (42), zkz_kzk​ minimizes fωk(x)+12αk∥x−xk∥2f_{\omega_k}(x)+\frac1{2\alpha_k}\|x-x_k\|^2fωk​​(x)+2αk​1​∥x−xk​∥2 over XXX. The randomized order means that ωk\omega_kωk​ is uniformly distributed over {1,…,m}\{1,\dots,m\}{1,…,m} and independent of the past history Fk={xk,zk−1,xk−1,…,z0,x0}\mathcal F_k=\{x_k,z_{k-1},x_{k-1},\dots,z_0,x_0\}Fk​={xk​,zk−1​,xk−1​,…,z0​,x0​} (Assumptions 3(a), 4(a)). The growth conditions (Assumptions 3(b), 4(b)) ask for a constant ccc bounding, with probability 1 and for every component iii, the norms of the subgradients used by the step that would be taken if ωk\omega_kωk​ were iii, and the decrease of fif_ifi​, hih_ihi​ along that step by ccc times its length.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 9

If αk→0\alpha_k\to0αk​→0 and ∑kαk=∞\sum_k\alpha_k=\infty∑k​αk​=∞, then

lim inf⁡k→∞F(xk)=F∗with probability 1,\liminf_{k\to\infty}F(x_k)=F^*\quad\text{with probability 1},k→∞liminf​F(xk​)=F∗with probability 1,

and if in addition X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅ and ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞, then with probability 1 the iterates xkx_kxk​ converge to some x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗ (which may depend on the sample path).

Milestones

  1. Eq. (58). For every x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗ and every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,
E{∥xk+1−x∗∥2∣Fk}≤∥xk−x∗∥2−2αkm(F(xk)−F∗)+5αk2c2.E\{\|x_{k+1}-x^*\|^2\mid\mathcal F_k\}\le\|x_k-x^*\|^2-\frac{2\alpha_k}{m}\bigl(F(x_k)-F^*\bigr)+5\alpha_k^2c^2.E{∥xk+1​−x∗∥2∣Fk​}≤∥xk​−x∗∥2−m2αk​​(F(xk​)−F∗)+5αk2​c2.
  1. Proposition 2, the supermartingale convergence theorem: if E{Yk+1∣Fk}≤Yk−Zk+WkE\{Y_{k+1}\mid\mathcal F_k\}\le Y_k-Z_k+W_kE{Yk+1​∣Fk​}≤Yk​−Zk​+Wk​ for nonnegative adapted Yk,Zk,WkY_k,Z_k,W_kYk​,Zk​,Wk​ and ∑kWk<∞\sum_kW_k<\infty∑k​Wk​<∞ almost surely, then almost surely ∑kZk<∞\sum_kZ_k<\infty∑k​Zk​<∞ and YkY_kYk​ converges.
  2. Eq. (59). If ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞, then for each x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗, almost surely, ∑k2αkm(F(xk)−F∗)<∞\sum_k\frac{2\alpha_k}{m}(F(x_k)-F^*)<\infty∑k​m2αk​​(F(xk​)−F∗)<∞ and ∥xk−x∗∥\|x_k-x^*\|∥xk​−x∗∥ converges.
  3. Proposition 7 (constant stepsize α\alphaα): almost surely inf⁡k≥0F(xk)=F∗\inf_{k\ge0}F(x_k)=F^*infk≥0​F(xk​)=F∗ if F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞, and inf⁡k≥0F(xk)≤F∗+5αmc22\inf_{k\ge0}F(x_k)\le F^*+\frac{5\alpha mc^2}{2}infk≥0​F(xk​)≤F∗+25αmc2​ otherwise.
  4. Proposition 8 (constant stepsize, X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅, ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0): the first index NNN with F(xN)<F∗+5αmc2+ϵ2F(x_N)<F^*+\frac{5\alpha mc^2+\epsilon}{2}F(xN​)<F∗+25αmc2+ϵ​ is almost surely finite and E{N}≤m dist(x0;X∗)2/(αϵ)E\{N\}\le m\,\mathrm{dist}(x_0;X^*)^2/(\alpha\epsilon)E{N}≤mdist(x0​;X∗)2/(αϵ).

Significance

Proposition 9 says that a randomized incremental method with a diminishing stepsize solves the problem exactly, almost surely, under conditions that do not require differentiability, bounded level sets, or strong convexity. Propositions 7 and 8 quantify the constant-stepsize regime: the error bound is O(αmc2)O(\alpha mc^2)O(αmc2), smaller by a factor of mmm than the worst case of the cyclic order (Proposition 4 of the paper). This is the paper's argument for randomization, and the same comparison recurs in the later literature on stochastic and incremental methods.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as known, none of them is machine-checked: Mathlib has conditional expectation, filtrations and Doob's martingale convergence theorem, but not the Robbins–Siegmund almost-supermartingale theorem in the form used here, and no incremental or stochastic proximal method has a formal convergence proof on the platform. The mission produces a formal model of a randomized algorithm with implicit (proximal) steps, a formal Robbins–Siegmund special case, and a complete a.s. convergence proof that other stochastic-approximation formalizations can reuse.

Difficulty

The deterministic estimate behind (58) is the one of the cyclic analysis with the sampled component in place of the cyclic one. The new difficulty is the conditioning step: E{Fωk(zk)∣Fk}=1m∑iFi(zki)E\{F_{\omega_k}(z_k)\mid\mathcal F_k\}=\frac1m\sum_iF_i(z_k^i)E{Fωk​​(zk​)∣Fk​}=m1​∑i​Fi​(zki​) needs the step that would be taken for each component iii to be a function of the past, and ωk\omega_kωk​ to be independent of it, and both must be stated so that the conditional expectation is that of an integrable function. The obvious route from (59) to part 2 of the goal fails: (59) gives, for each x∗x^*x∗, an event of probability 1, and X∗X^*X∗ is in general uncountable, so the events cannot be intersected directly. Part 1 must also handle F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞, where no point of X∗X^*X∗ is available.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); components are indexed by Fin m (0,…,m−10,\dots,m-10,…,m−1), with m≥1m\ge1m≥1.
  • XXX is nonempty, closed and convex and fi,hif_i,h_ifi​,hi​ are real-valued convex (the paper's standing assumptions of p. 4), stated as explicit hypotheses; stepsizes are positive.
  • PXP_XPX​ is a predicate (nearest point of XXX); subgradients are given by the subgradient inequality. The iterations (42)–(44) are their subgradient forms, with the subgradient of fif_ifi​ the one that makes the implicit equation hold, which is the paper's proximal step.
  • F∗F^*F∗ is an infimum in EReal, so F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞ is represented and the lim inf⁡\liminfliminf and inf⁡\infinf statements are in EReal.
  • The run carries, for each kkk and each component iii, the would-be step from xkx_kxk​; the realized step is the one for i=ωki=\omega_ki=ωk​. The bounds (45)–(48) are required for all iii, as in the paper.
  • "Independent of the past history" is formalized as independence of σ(ωk)\sigma(\omega_k)σ(ωk​) from Fk=σ(x0,…,xk,z0,…,zk−1)\mathcal F_k=\sigma(x_0,\dots,x_k,z_0,\dots,z_{k-1})Fk​=σ(x0​,…,xk​,z0​,…,zk−1​). Added hypotheses that make it meaningful: the iterates are measurable, the would-be step at kkk is Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-measurable, and x0x_0x0​ is a fixed vector.
  • Proposition 2 adds integrability of YkY_kYk​ (Lean's conditional expectation of a non-integrable function is 000).
  • Proposition 8 uses the paper's own NNN (the first entry time into the level set of its proof), not an arbitrary random variable, and adds the hypothesis x0∈Xx_0\in Xx0​∈X, which its proof uses.

A formalization in which the would-be steps may depend on ωk\omega_kωk​, or in which ωk\omega_kωk​ is only assumed uniform, would let a step pick its component adversarially; the measurability and independence hypotheses rule this out, and none of the hypotheses is unsatisfiable (a sorry-free instance with m=2m=2m=2 is checked locally).

Needed infrastructure: the Robbins–Siegmund special case (Proposition 2), conditional expectation of a function of an independent uniform index and a past-measurable quantity, and existence of a countable dense subset of a closed set in Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The supermartingale theorem and the conditioning lemma are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones, of the goal, and of reusable lemmas about projections and proximal steps are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization, Report LIDS-P-2847, MIT, 2010 (revised March 2011); Mathematical Programming 129 (2011) 163–195. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0472-0
  • A. Nedić and D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Subgradient Methods for Nondifferentiable Optimization, SIAM Journal on Optimization 12 (2001) 109–138. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499362111
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, A Convergence Theorem for Non Negative Almost Supermartingales and Some Applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press, 1971, 233–257. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • J. Neveu, Discrete Parameter Martingales, North-Holland, 1975 (the paper's reference [43] for Proposition 2).
  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Neuro-Dynamic Programming, Athena Scientific, 1996 (the paper's reference [7] for Proposition 2).
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization I: With a Cyclic Order and a Diminishing Stepsize, Incremental Subgradient-Proximal Methods Converge to an Optimal SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in machine learning, signal processing and distributed computation have an objective that is a sum of a large number mmm of component functions: one per data point, per sensor, or per processor. Evaluating the whole sum, or a subgradient of it, at every iteration is expensive when mmm is large. Incremental methods process one component at a time, cycling through the components or sampling them, and update the iterate after each one. Incremental gradient and subgradient methods go back to the training of neural networks and to least squares; incremental proximal methods replace the subgradient step of a component by a proximal step, which is more stable and handles nonsmooth terms exactly.

Bertsekas (LIDS-P-2847, 2010, rev. 2011; Math. Program. 129 (2011)) proposed a unified family that mixes the two: each component is split as Fi=fi+hiF_i=f_i+h_iFi​=fi​+hi​, a proximal step is taken on fif_ifi​ and a subgradient step on hih_ihi​, followed by a projection onto the constraint set. This mission formalizes the convergence analysis of that family under the cyclic order of component selection.

Timeline. Incremental subgradient methods were analysed by Nedić and Bertsekas (SIAM J. Optim. 12 (2001)) for cyclic and randomized orders. Incremental proximal methods were studied by Bertsekas (Optimization for Machine Learning, 2011, ch. 4). The 2011 paper combines the two analyses; its cyclic-order results are Propositions 3–6.

Setting

Let Rn\mathbb R^nRn carry the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and inner product x′yx'yx′y. The data are a nonempty closed convex set X⊆RnX\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn and real-valued convex functions fi,hi:Rn→Rf_i,h_i:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rfi​,hi​:Rn→R, i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m. The problem is

minimize F(x)=∑i=1mFi(x),Fi=fi+hi,subject to x∈X,\text{minimize } F(x)=\sum_{i=1}^m F_i(x),\qquad F_i=f_i+h_i,\qquad\text{subject to } x\in X,minimize F(x)=i=1∑m​Fi​(x),Fi​=fi​+hi​,subject to x∈X,

with optimal value F∗=inf⁡x∈XF(x)F^*=\inf_{x\in X}F(x)F∗=infx∈X​F(x), possibly −∞-\infty−∞, and optimal set X∗={x∗∈X:F(x∗)=F∗}X^*=\{x^*\in X:F(x^*)=F^*\}X∗={x∗∈X:F(x∗)=F∗}, possibly empty.

A subgradient ∇~f(x)\tilde\nabla f(x)∇~f(x) of a convex fff at xxx is a vector ggg with f(y)≥f(x)+g′(y−x)f(y)\ge f(x)+g'(y-x)f(y)≥f(x)+g′(y−x) for all yyy; PX(u)P_X(u)PX​(u) is the point of XXX nearest to uuu. At iteration kkk one component iki_kik​ is processed with stepsize αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0. The three iterations are

(19)zk=PX(xk−αk∇~fik(zk)),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hik(zk)),(20)zk=xk−αk∇~fik(zk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~hik(zk)),(21)zk=xk−αk∇~hik(xk),xk+1=PX(zk−αk∇~fik(xk+1)).\begin{aligned} &(19)\quad z_k=P_X\big(x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{i_k}(z_k)\big),&& x_{k+1}=P_X\big(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{i_k}(z_k)\big),\\ &(20)\quad z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{i_k}(z_k),&& x_{k+1}=P_X\big(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{i_k}(z_k)\big),\\ &(21)\quad z_k=x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla h_{i_k}(x_k),&& x_{k+1}=P_X\big(z_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f_{i_k}(x_{k+1})\big). \end{aligned}​(19)zk​=PX​(xk​−αk​∇~fik​​(zk​)),(20)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~fik​​(zk​),(21)zk​=xk​−αk​∇~hik​​(xk​),​​xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hik​​(zk​)),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~hik​​(zk​)),xk+1​=PX​(zk​−αk​∇~fik​​(xk+1​)).​

The fff-subgradient is taken at the new point, which makes the fff-part a proximal step (Proposition 1). In the cyclic order ik=(k mod m)+1i_k=(k\bmod m)+1ik​=(kmodm)+1; a block of mmm consecutive iterations is a cycle, and αk\alpha_kαk​ is constant within a cycle.

The analysis assumes that the subgradients the iteration uses are bounded by a constant ccc and that, at each cycle start k>0k>0k>0, the function values at the intermediate points of the cycle differ from those at xkx_kxk​ by at most ccc times the distance (Assumption 1 for (19), (20); Assumption 2 for (21)). Both hold, for example, when all fif_ifi​, hih_ihi​ are polyhedral or Lipschitz.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6

If αk→0\alpha_k\to0αk​→0 and ∑kαk=∞\sum_k\alpha_k=\infty∑k​αk​=∞, then

lim inf⁡k→∞F(xk)=F∗,\liminf_{k\to\infty}F(x_k)=F^*,k→∞liminf​F(xk​)=F∗,

and if moreover X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅ and ∑kαk2<∞\sum_k\alpha_k^2<\infty∑k​αk2​<∞, then xk→x∗x_k\to x^*xk​→x∗ for some x∗∈X∗x^*\in X^*x∗∈X∗. Both parts are one item, as in the paper.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1: the proximal iteration over XXX equals PX(xk−αk∇~f(xk+1))P_X(x_k-\alpha_k\tilde\nabla f(x_{k+1}))PX​(xk​−αk​∇~f(xk+1​)), and ∥xk+1−y∥2≤∥xk−y∥2−2αk(f(xk+1)−f(y))−∥xk−xk+1∥2\|x_{k+1}-y\|^2\le\|x_k-y\|^2-2\alpha_k(f(x_{k+1})-f(y))-\|x_k-x_{k+1}\|^2∥xk+1​−y∥2≤∥xk​−y∥2−2αk​(f(xk+1​)−f(y))−∥xk​−xk+1​∥2 for y∈Xy\in Xy∈X.
  2. Eq. (30) and Eq. (37): one-iteration estimates for (19)/(20) and for (21).
  3. Proposition 3: over one cycle, ∥xk+m−y∥2≤∥xk−y∥2−2αk(F(xk)−F(y))+αk2βm2c2\|x_{k+m}-y\|^2\le\|x_k-y\|^2-2\alpha_k(F(x_k)-F(y))+\alpha_k^2\beta m^2c^2∥xk+m​−y∥2≤∥xk​−y∥2−2αk​(F(xk​)−F(y))+αk2​βm2c2, with β=1m+4\beta=\frac1m+4β=m1​+4 for (19), (20) and β=5m+4\beta=\frac5m+4β=m5​+4 for (21).
  4. Footnote 5: nonnegative sequences with Yk+1≤Yk−Zk+WkY_{k+1}\le Y_k-Z_k+W_kYk+1​≤Yk​−Zk​+Wk​ and ∑Wk<∞\sum W_k<\infty∑Wk​<∞ have YkY_kYk​ convergent.
  5. Proof of Proposition 6: ∥xk+1−xk∥≤2αkc\|x_{k+1}-x_k\|\le2\alpha_kc∥xk+1​−xk​∥≤2αk​c.
  6. Proposition 4 (constant stepsize α\alphaα): lim inf⁡F(xk)=F∗\liminf F(x_k)=F^*liminfF(xk​)=F∗ if F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞, and lim inf⁡F(xk)≤F∗+αβm2c2/2\liminf F(x_k)\le F^*+\alpha\beta m^2c^2/2liminfF(xk​)≤F∗+αβm2c2/2 otherwise.

Significance

Proposition 6 is the exact-convergence guarantee for the cyclic incremental subgradient-proximal methods: with a diminishing, non-summable stepsize they reach the optimal value whatever the starting point, and with square-summable stepsizes the iterates converge to a single optimal solution. It covers the pure incremental subgradient method (fi=0f_i=0fi​=0) and the pure incremental proximal method (hi=0h_i=0hi​=0) as special cases, and it is the template for the randomized-order analysis of the companion mission. Proposition 4 quantifies what a constant stepsize achieves.

These results are proved in the paper. None of them, nor the underlying estimates, is formalized on the platform or, to our knowledge, in Mathlib. The mission produces machine-checked versions of the proximal-step lemma for extended-real-valued functions on a constrained set, of the cycle estimate (27) with its explicit constants, and of the deterministic supermartingale convergence lemma, all reusable for other incremental and proximal methods.

Difficulty

The obvious argument treats one cycle as one step of a subgradient method on FFF. It fails because within a cycle the subgradients are taken at the intermediate points zk+j−1z_{k+j-1}zk+j−1​ or xk+j−1x_{k+j-1}xk+j−1​, not at xkx_kxk​, and the proximal steps use subgradients at the points they produce. The error between Fj(xk)F_j(x_k)Fj​(xk​) and FjF_jFj​ at those points must be controlled through the drift of the iterates during the cycle, and the bookkeeping differs between (19)/(20) and (21), which is why β\betaβ differs. For the second part of Proposition 6, convergence of the values in the lim inf⁡\liminfliminf sense does not by itself give convergence of the iterates, and X∗X^*X∗ may contain more than one point.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Components are Fin m (0-based), so iki_kik​ is k % m, and the paper's j=1,…,mj=1,\dots,mj=1,…,m with zk+j−1z_{k+j-1}zk+j−1​ becomes j=0,…,m−1j=0,\dots,m-1j=0,…,m−1 with z (k + j). m≥1m\ge1m≥1 is assumed (NeZero m).
  • PXP_XPX​ is a predicate (IsProj: a nearest point of XXX), not a choice function.
  • Each iteration is a relation Step between xkx_kxk​, zkz_kzk​, xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ and the two subgradients it uses, with the fff-subgradient at the point the paper names. A run records these subgradients, so Assumptions 1–2 bound exactly them. The assumptions are not replaced by Lipschitz continuity, which is only a sufficient condition (p. 9).
  • F∗F^*F∗ and lim inf⁡F(xk)\liminf F(x_k)liminfF(xk​) are taken in EReal; F∗=−∞F^*=-\inftyF∗=−∞ is allowed and no boundedness is assumed.
  • The standing assumptions of p. 4 (X nonempty closed convex, fi,hif_i,h_ifi​,hi​ convex), positive stepsizes, constancy within a cycle and Assumptions 1–2 (stated "throughout this section", p. 8) are explicit hypotheses of every statement, including the goal, whose sentence does not repeat them.
  • The starting point x0x_0x0​ is arbitrary, as in the paper. Assumptions 1–2 make the cycle-start conditions only for k>0k>0k>0, and the bound ∥xk+1−xk∥≤2αkc\|x_{k+1}-x_k\|\le2\alpha_kc∥xk+1​−xk​∥≤2αk​c needs xk∈Xx_k\in Xxk​∈X, which holds from k=1k=1k=1 on. Proposition 3 and the step bound are therefore stated for k>0k>0k>0 and k≥1k\ge1k≥1; this does not affect Propositions 4 and 6.
  • Proposition 1 is stated for extended-real-valued closed proper convex fff, as in the paper, using the published class Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ (MoreauProx.Characterization.GammaZero) and its subgradients, with relative interiors as Mathlib's intrinsicInterior.

The goal cannot be satisfied vacuously: a sorry-free check confirms that the hypotheses hold together (for n=1n=1n=1, m=2m=2m=2, X=RX=\mathbb RX=R, αk=1/(⌊k/2⌋+1)\alpha_k=1/(\lfloor k/2\rfloor+1)αk​=1/(⌊k/2⌋+1), X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅). Restricting to Lipschitz components, to bounded-below FFF, or to x0∈Xx_0\in Xx0​∈X would state a weaker theorem and is ruled out.

Proofs of any item are welcome, as are general lemmas (the projection theorem as a variational inequality, the subdifferential sum rule under the relative-interior condition) that the proofs need.

Selected references

  • D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Proximal Methods for Large Scale Convex Optimization, Report LIDS-P-2847, MIT, 2010 (rev. March 2011); Math. Program. 129(2) (2011) 163–195. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0472-0
  • A. Nedić, D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Subgradient Methods for Nondifferentiable Optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 12(1) (2001) 109–138. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623499362111
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Incremental Gradient, Subgradient, and Proximal Methods for Convex Optimization: A Survey, in Optimization for Machine Learning, MIT Press, 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.01030
  • D. P. Bertsekas, A. Nedić, A. E. Ozdaglar, Convex Analysis and Optimization, Athena Scientific, 2003.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents 1: Placing Last an Eligible B-Job, Else a Least-Cost A-Job, Minimizes One Agent's Maximum Cost Under a Bound on the Other'sResearch Paper

Motivation

Classical scheduling theory optimizes one objective for one decision maker. Many shop floors are shared: two departments, two customers or two firms submit jobs to the same machine, and each cares only about how its own jobs are treated. Agnetis, Mirchandani, Pacciarelli and Pacifici, Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents (Operations Research 52(2), 2004), set up this two-agent scheduling model and classified the complexity of its single-machine cases for the standard objectives (maximum of regular cost functions, number of late jobs, total weighted completion time). The paper started a line of research on multi-agent scheduling; its notation 1∥fA:fB≤Q1\|f^A : f^B\le Q1∥fA:fB≤Q is the standard one in that literature.

This mission covers the paper's first case, §4: both agents measure a schedule by the largest cost among their own jobs. It is the case with a polynomial greedy algorithm, and it serves as the template for the paper's other cases.

Setting

Agent A owns jobs J1A,…,JnAAJ^A_1,\dots,J^A_{n_A}J1A​,…,JnA​A​ and agent B owns jobs J1B,…,JnBBJ^B_1,\dots,J^B_{n_B}J1B​,…,JnB​B​. Each job jjj has a processing time pj≥0p_j\ge0pj​≥0; all jobs are available at time 000. A schedule σ\sigmaσ is an ordering of all nA+nBn_A+n_BnA​+nB​ jobs, processed on one machine one after another from time 000 without idle time, so the completion time Cj(σ)C_j(\sigma)Cj​(σ) is the sum of the processing times of jjj and the jobs before it. Each A-job has a nondecreasing cost function fhAf^A_hfhA​ and each B-job a nondecreasing fkBf^B_kfkB​ (the costs are regular). The two objectives are

fmax⁡A(σ)=max⁡hfhA(ChA(σ)),fmax⁡B(σ)=max⁡kfkB(CkB(σ)).f^A_{\max}(\sigma)=\max_h f^A_h\big(C^A_h(\sigma)\big),\qquad f^B_{\max}(\sigma)=\max_k f^B_k\big(C^B_k(\sigma)\big).fmaxA​(σ)=hmax​fhA​(ChA​(σ)),fmaxB​(σ)=kmax​fkB​(CkB​(σ)).

The constrained optimization problem 1∥fmax⁡A:fmax⁡B≤Q1\|f^A_{\max} : f^B_{\max}\le Q1∥fmaxA​:fmaxB​≤Q asks for a schedule minimizing fmax⁡Af^A_{\max}fmaxA​ among those with fmax⁡B≤Qf^B_{\max}\le QfmaxB​≤Q (the feasible schedules). A schedule σ\sigmaσ is nondominated if no schedule σˉ\bar\sigmaσˉ has fmax⁡A(σˉ)≤fmax⁡A(σ)f^A_{\max}(\bar\sigma)\le f^A_{\max}(\sigma)fmaxA​(σˉ)≤fmaxA​(σ) and fmax⁡B(σˉ)≤fmax⁡B(σ)f^B_{\max}(\bar\sigma)\le f^B_{\max}(\sigma)fmaxB​(σˉ)≤fmaxB​(σ) with one inequality strict.

The backward rule of §4 builds a schedule from the end. With UUU the set of unscheduled jobs and τˉ=∑j∈Upj\bar\tau=\sum_{j\in U}p_jτˉ=∑j∈U​pj​ the time at which the next job placed will end, it places last any unscheduled B-job with fkB(τˉ)≤Qf^B_k(\bar\tau)\le QfkB​(τˉ)≤Q; if there is none, it places last an unscheduled A-job of least fhA(τˉ)f^A_h(\bar\tau)fhA​(τˉ); if neither exists, it stops and declares the instance infeasible.

The paper justifies the rule by a reduction to Lawler's single-agent problem 1∣prec∣fmax⁡1|prec|f_{\max}1∣prec∣fmax​ (Lawler 1973): every job gets one cost fif_ifi​ with values in [−∞,+∞][-\infty,+\infty][−∞,+∞], equal to fiAf^A_ifiA​ for A-jobs, to −∞-\infty−∞ for a B-job meeting the bound at time ttt and to +∞+\infty+∞ for one violating it.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1, correctness of the backward rule

every complete output of the rule is optimal for 1∥fmax⁡A:fmax⁡B≤Q,andthe rule completes  ⟺  the instance is feasible.\text{every complete output of the rule is optimal for } 1\|f^A_{\max} : f^B_{\max}\le Q,\quad\text{and}\quad \text{the rule completes}\iff\text{the instance is feasible.}every complete output of the rule is optimal for 1∥fmaxA​:fmaxB​≤Q,andthe rule completes⟺the instance is feasible.

Both parts hold for every tie-breaking. The printed theorem states a running time O(nA2+nBlog⁡nB)O(n_A^2+n_B\log n_B)O(nA2​+nB​lognB​); only the correctness half is a target.

Milestones

  1. §4, the reduction: a minimizer of fmax⁡=max⁡ifi(Ci)f_{\max}=\max_i f_i(C_i)fmax​=maxi​fi​(Ci​) with finite value is optimal for the two-agent problem with fmax⁡A=fmax⁡∗f^A_{\max}=f^*_{\max}fmaxA​=fmax∗​; if the minimum is +∞+\infty+∞, the two-agent problem is infeasible.
  2. §4, the stopping rule: if the unscheduled set UUU contains no A-job and every B-job of UUU has fkB(τˉ)>Qf^B_k(\bar\tau)>QfkB​(τˉ)>Q, the instance is infeasible.
  3. Theorem 4.2: if σ∗\sigma^*σ∗ is optimal for 1∥fmax⁡A:fmax⁡B≤Q1\|f^A_{\max} : f^B_{\max}\le Q1∥fmaxA​:fmaxB​≤Q, QA=fmax⁡A(σ∗)Q_A=f^A_{\max}(\sigma^*)QA​=fmaxA​(σ∗), and σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~ is optimal for 1∥fmax⁡B:fmax⁡A≤QA1\|f^B_{\max} : f^A_{\max}\le Q_A1∥fmaxB​:fmaxA​≤QA​, then σ~\tilde\sigmaσ~ is nondominated.

Significance

The theorem shows that the two-agent problem with maximum-cost objectives is no harder than its single-agent counterpart: a greedy rule that gives priority to any B-job still within budget and otherwise serves agent A's cheapest job is optimal. Theorem 4.2 turns this into a point of the Pareto frontier with one more optimization, without the binary search over QQQ that §3 of the paper describes for the general case. In §11 the paper enumerates nondominated pairs by repeatedly solving the constrained problem, and §11.1 bounds their number for this case.

None of these results has a machine-checked proof that we know of. The single-agent theorem of Lawler is the subject of the published Prove2Me statement LawlerPrec.MinMax.lawler_rule_optimal, which is open; its costs are real-valued, so it does not apply directly to the ±∞\pm\infty±∞ costs of the reduction. This mission's results are self-contained and can be proved either through such a generalization or directly.

Difficulty

The rule is nondeterministic: any eligible B-job may be chosen, and ties among A-jobs are broken arbitrarily, so the optimality claim is about every possible output, not one canonical sequence. Lawler's exchange argument has to be carried through the extended-real costs, where a B-job's cost jumps from −∞-\infty−∞ to +∞+\infty+∞ at its deadline, and the ordering by B-first priority has to be shown to be one of Lawler's least-cost choices. The completeness half needs that a stuck state (no A-job left and every remaining B-job over budget at τˉ\bar\tauτˉ) rules out every schedule, not just the rule's.

Formalization scope

  • Jobs are Fin nA ⊕ Fin nB (Sum.inl h is Jh+1AJ^A_{h+1}Jh+1A​, Sum.inr k is Jk+1BJ^B_{k+1}Jk+1B​, 0-based). Schedules and completion times reuse the published definition MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionTime (Moore 1968): a duplicate-free list containing every job, processed from time 000 without idle time.
  • Processing times are real and nonnegative; cost functions are real-valued and monotone. QQQ is real (the paper says "an integer"; §4 never uses integrality). fmax⁡Af^A_{\max}fmaxA​ needs nA≥1n_A\ge1nA​≥1 and fmax⁡Bf^B_{\max}fmaxB​ needs nB≥1n_B\ge1nB​≥1; these are hypotheses where used.
  • Feasibility fmax⁡B≤Qf^B_{\max}\le QfmaxB​≤Q is stated job by job, fkB(CkB)≤Qf^B_k(C^B_k)\le QfkB​(CkB​)≤Q for every B-job.
  • The algorithm is a property of its finished output (IsBackwardRuleSeq): at every position mmm of the sequence, with UUU the jobs at positions 0,…,m0,\dots,m0,…,m and τˉ\bar\tauτˉ the completion time at position mmm, the job there is an eligible B-job if one exists in UUU, and otherwise an A-job of least fhA(τˉ)f^A_h(\bar\tau)fhA​(τˉ) in UUU. "Ties are broken arbitrarily" means the property admits every choice. "The rule stops" means no sequence through that state has the property, so "the rule completes" is the existence of a complete sequence with the property.
  • The reduction uses Lean's EReal with only maximum and order; "1|prec|f_max" is taken with the empty precedence relation. "Finite objective value" means the minimum is a real number.
  • The running time O(nA2+nBlog⁡nB)O(n_A^2+n_B\log n_B)O(nA2​+nB​lognB​) of Theorem 4.1 is not formalized, and neither is the remark that only the B-job of largest deadline need be examined.
  • Trivializations are ruled out: the goal quantifies over every sequence with the rule property and requires it to be optimal against every feasible schedule; the feasibility equivalence is stated in both directions; fmax⁡Af^A_{\max}fmaxA​ is a maximum over a nonempty set, never a default value.

The definitions (two-agent model, maximum costs, constrained problem, nondominance) are reusable by the rest of this series. Proofs of the milestones, and a generalization of Lawler's theorem to extended-real costs, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Agnetis, P. B. Mirchandani, D. Pacciarelli, A. Pacifici, Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents, Operations Research 52(2) (2004) 229–242. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0092
  • E. L. Lawler, Optimal Sequencing of a Single Machine Subject to Precedence Constraints, Management Science 19(5) (1973) 544–546. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.19.5.544
  • J. M. Moore, An n Job, One Machine Sequencing Algorithm for Minimizing the Number of Late Jobs, Management Science 15(1) (1968) 102–109. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.1.102
  • R. L. Graham, E. L. Lawler, J. K. Lenstra, A. H. G. Rinnooy Kan, Optimization and Approximation in Deterministic Sequencing and Scheduling: A Survey, Annals of Discrete Mathematics 5 (1979) 287–326. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-5060(08)70356-X
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents 5: A Dynamic Program Gives the Minimum Number of Late Jobs of One Agent When the Other Accepts at Most Q Late JobsResearch Paper

Motivation

Multi-agent scheduling studies a machine shared by parties with their own jobs and their own objectives. Agnetis, Mirchandani, Pacciarelli and Pacifici (Oper. Res. 52(2), 2004) introduced the two-agent single-machine model: agents AAA and BBB each own a set of jobs, and the schedule must serve both. The paper frames this within multiagent systems, where agents negotiate the use of a common resource over time, and its schedules are meant to support that negotiation: either the best schedule for one agent given what the other accepts, or the whole set of nondominated (Pareto-optimal) schedules. The paper classifies the complexity of the constrained problems 1∥fA:fB≤Q1\|f^A : f^B \le Q1∥fA:fB≤Q for the classical regular objectives.

One of its polynomial cases concerns the number of late jobs on both sides: agent BBB accepts schedules in which at most QQQ of its jobs are late, and agent AAA minimizes the number of its own late jobs. For a single agent, minimizing the number of late jobs is solved by Moore's algorithm (Moore 1968), and a dynamic program of the Lawler–Moore type over jobs in due-date order solves related weighted versions (Lawler & Moore 1969). §7 of the 2004 paper adapts that dynamic program to two agents by tracking the number of late jobs of each agent separately.

Setting

There are n=nA+nBn = n_A + n_Bn=nA​+nB​ jobs J1,…,JnJ_1, \dots, J_nJ1​,…,Jn​, all available at time 000. Job JjJ_jJj​ has a processing time pj∈Np_j \in \mathbb Npj​∈N, a due date dj∈Nd_j \in \mathbb Ndj​∈N, and an owner, agent AAA or agent BBB. A schedule is a sequence of all nnn jobs processed on one machine from time 000 without idle time or preemption; the completion time CjC_jCj​ of JjJ_jJj​ is the sum of the processing times of JjJ_jJj​ and the jobs before it. Job JjJ_jJj​ is late if Cj>djC_j > d_jCj​>dj​ and early otherwise. ∑UiX\sum U^X_i∑UiX​ denotes the number of late jobs of agent XXX.

Given an integer Q≥0Q \ge 0Q≥0, the problem 1∥∑UiA:∑UiB≤Q1\|\sum U^A_i : \sum U^B_i \le Q1∥∑UiA​:∑UiB​≤Q asks for a schedule with ∑UiB≤Q\sum U^B_i \le Q∑UiB​≤Q (a feasible schedule) minimizing ∑UiA\sum U^A_i∑UiA​. An instance may have no feasible schedule at all.

The jobs are numbered in earliest-due-date (EDD) order, d1≤d2≤⋯≤dnd_1 \le d_2 \le \dots \le d_nd1​≤d2​≤⋯≤dn​. A partial schedule of {J1,…,Ji}\{J_1,\dots,J_i\}{J1​,…,Ji​} is described by its set EEE of early jobs: the jobs of EEE run first, in EDD order, each completing by its due date, and the other jobs of {J1,…,Ji}\{J_1,\dots,J_i\}{J1​,…,Ji​} count as late. The table C(i,h,k)C(i,h,k)C(i,h,k) is the minimum completion time ∑j∈Epj\sum_{j\in E} p_j∑j∈E​pj​ of the last early job over partial schedules of {J1,…,Ji}\{J_1,\dots,J_i\}{J1​,…,Ji​} with at most hhh late AAA-jobs and at most kkk late BBB-jobs, and +∞+\infty+∞ if there is none. It is computed by C(0,h,k)=0C(0,h,k) = 0C(0,h,k)=0, C=+∞C = +\inftyC=+∞ at a negative index, and

C(i,h,k)=min⁡{C(i−1,h,k)+pi+f(i,h,k); C(i−1,h−1,k)}C(i,h,k) = \min\{C(i-1,h,k) + p_i + f(i,h,k);\ C(i-1,h-1,k)\}C(i,h,k)=min{C(i−1,h,k)+pi​+f(i,h,k); C(i−1,h−1,k)}

when JiJ_iJi​ belongs to AAA (with k−1k-1k−1 in place of h−1h-1h−1 when JiJ_iJi​ belongs to BBB), where f(i,h,k)=+∞f(i,h,k) = +\inftyf(i,h,k)=+∞ if C(i−1,h,k)+pi>diC(i-1,h,k) + p_i > d_iC(i−1,h,k)+pi​>di​ and 000 otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.3, correctness

For a feasible instance with jobs in EDD order, C(n,h,Q)<+∞C(n,h,Q) < +\inftyC(n,h,Q)<+∞ for some hhh, and

h∗=min⁡{ h:C(nA+nB,h,Q)<+∞ }h^* = \min\{\, h : C(n_A+n_B, h, Q) < +\infty \,\}h∗=min{h:C(nA​+nB​,h,Q)<+∞}

is the optimal value of 1∥∑UiA:∑UiB≤Q1\|\sum U^A_i : \sum U^B_i \le Q1∥∑UiA​:∑UiB​≤Q: some feasible schedule has exactly h∗h^*h∗ late AAA-jobs, and every feasible schedule has at least h∗h^*h∗.

Milestone: Lemma 7.1

A feasible instance has an optimal schedule whose early jobs come first, in EDD order, and whose late jobs come last.

Milestone: Lemma 7.2

For 0≤i≤n0 \le i \le n0≤i≤n: if C(i,h,k)C(i,h,k)C(i,h,k) is finite, it is the minimum, attained, of ∑j∈Epj\sum_{j\in E} p_j∑j∈E​pj​ over partial schedules EEE of {J1,…,Ji}\{J_1,\dots,J_i\}{J1​,…,Ji​} with at most hhh late AAA-jobs and at most kkk late BBB-jobs; if C(i,h,k)=+∞C(i,h,k) = +\inftyC(i,h,k)=+∞, there is no such partial schedule.

Significance

The theorem places 1∥∑UiA:∑UiB≤Q1\|\sum U^A_i : \sum U^B_i \le Q1∥∑UiA​:∑UiB​≤Q among the polynomially solvable two-agent problems (Table 1 of the paper lists it as O(n3)O(n^3)O(n3)), in contrast with 1∥∑wiCiA:∑UiB1\|\sum w_iC^A_i : \sum U^B_i1∥∑wi​CiA​:∑UiB​, which the same paper shows binary NP-hard. Through the binary-search argument of §3.1, solving the constrained problem for every QQQ also yields the nondominated pairs (∑UiA,∑UiB)(\sum U^A_i, \sum U^B_i)(∑UiA​,∑UiB​) of the corresponding Pareto problem.

The result is proved in the paper; to the knowledge of this mission it has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a checked correctness proof of the table, including the boundary convention, which the printed text leaves incomplete (see below). Further welcome work: the complexity bound in an explicit cost model, and the weighted variant.

Difficulty

The table is defined over partial schedules, in which the jobs outside the early set are only counted as late, while the problem is posed over complete sequences, in which lateness is measured: a job declared late may finish on time once it is appended. The correctness of h∗h^*h∗ must bridge the two objects in both directions, and the bridge is the structural Lemma 7.1, which the printed proofs use without detail. Lemma 7.2 is an optimal-substructure claim: it requires that the early set of {J1,…,Ji−1}\{J_1,\dots,J_{i-1}\}{J1​,…,Ji−1​} minimizing total processing time is also the right one to extend by JiJ_iJi​, which holds only because of the EDD numbering. Finally, the printed boundary gives only C(0,0,0)=0C(0,0,0) = 0C(0,0,0)=0; the natural reading C(0,h,k)=+∞C(0,h,k) = +\inftyC(0,h,k)=+∞ for h+k>0h + k > 0h+k>0 makes Theorem 7.3 false, so the boundary must be read from the definition of CCC, not from the display.

Formalization scope

  • Jobs are Fin n, 0-based, numbered in EDD order, with an owner label ag : Fin n → Agent; this follows the paper's single numbered list in §7 rather than separate index sets per agent. EDD order is the hypothesis Monotone d, ties allowed. Data pj,dj,Qp_j, d_j, Qpj​,dj​,Q are natural numbers.
  • Schedules and completion times are the published MooreLateJobs.Shared.completionTime (sequences without idle time) and late jobs the published MooreLateJobs.NumLate.lateSet (late iff dj<Cjd_j < C_jdj​<Cj​), reused as references with the data cast to R\mathbb RR.
  • The table takes values in WithTop ℕ, with ⊤ for +∞+\infty+∞; no large sentinel number is used. The boundary is C(0,h,k)=0C(0,h,k) = 0C(0,h,k)=0 for all h,k≥0h,k \ge 0h,k≥0, the value forced by the "at most" definition of CCC; a negative index gives +∞+\infty+∞; early means Cj≤djC_j \le d_jCj​≤dj​, as in the recursion (the proof of Lemma 7.2 prints a strict "<<<").
  • Lemma 7.2's "feasible schedules for the job set {J1,…,Ji}\{J_1,\dots,J_i\}{J1​,…,Ji​}" is read as partial schedules given by their early set, matching the definition of C(i,h,k)C(i,h,k)C(i,h,k). Over complete sequences with actual lateness the statement would be false (one AAA-job with p=1p = 1p=1, d=5d = 5d=5, h=1h = 1h=1: C(1,1,0)=0C(1,1,0) = 0C(1,1,0)=0, but the job always completes early at time 111).
  • Feasibility of the instance is a hypothesis of Lemma 7.1 and Theorem 7.3; h∗h^*h∗ is Nat.find of the existence clause, which the goal asserts.
  • The running time O(nA2nB+nAnB2)O(n_A^2 n_B + n_A n_B^2)O(nA2​nB​+nA​nB2​) of Theorem 7.3 is not formalized.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal fixes the table by its recursion and compares h∗h^*h∗ with the objective over all feasible sequences in both directions, so neither an arbitrary table nor a one-sided bound proves it.

Selected references

  • A. Agnetis, P. B. Mirchandani, D. Pacciarelli, A. Pacifici, Scheduling Problems with Two Competing Agents, Operations Research 52(2), 229–242, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0092
  • J. M. Moore, An n Job, One Machine Sequencing Algorithm for Minimizing the Number of Late Jobs, Management Science 15(1), 102–109, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.1.102
  • E. L. Lawler, J. M. Moore, A Functional Equation and its Application to Resource Allocation and Sequencing Problems, Management Science 16(1), 77–84, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.16.1.77
  • J. R. Jackson, Scheduling a Production Line to Minimize Maximum Tardiness, Research Report 43, Management Science Research Project, UCLA, 1955.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Katyusha: The First Direct Acceleration of Stochastic Gradient Methods 1: Katyusha Converges at the Accelerated Linear Rate (1+√(σ/(3Lm)))^(−Sm) on Strongly Convex Finite SumsResearch Paper

Motivation

A finite-sum optimization problem asks for one vector that performs well across many component objectives. In empirical risk minimization, each component can represent the loss from one data point. A full gradient uses every component, whereas a stochastic gradient uses one component and can be much cheaper per step. The latter carries sampling noise, so a method must control that noise while moving toward the optimum. Allen-Zhu's Katyusha paper gives a direct accelerated stochastic method for this setting. Its strongly convex result, Theorem 2.1, bounds the expected objective error of a specified algorithm after a specified number of epochs.

The problem is relevant when the number of terms is large enough that a full gradient at every iteration is costly, but individual component gradients and proximal steps remain practical. Katyusha combines a periodically refreshed full gradient with individual component gradients. The paper's result concerns the actual returned snapshot of Algorithm 1, Option I, whose weighted averaging rule matters to the claim. Formalizing a generic noisy gradient method would leave the paper's central algorithmic guarantee unstated.

Setting

Let f1,…,fn:Rd→Rf_1,\ldots,f_n:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf1​,…,fn​:Rd→R be differentiable functions, with n≥1n\ge1n≥1. Their finite-sum objective is f(x)=n−1∑i=1nfi(x)f(x)=n^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^n f_i(x)f(x)=n−1∑i=1n​fi​(x). A real-valued regularizer ψ\psiψ gives the composite objective

F(x)=f(x)+ψ(x).F(x)=f(x)+\psi(x).F(x)=f(x)+ψ(x).

Each fif_ifi​ is convex and LLL smooth: its gradient is LLL Lipschitz in the Euclidean norm. The regularizer is σ\sigmaσ strongly convex, with L,σ>0L,\sigma>0L,σ>0, in the paper's convention that the quadratic term has coefficient σ/2\sigma/2σ/2. The comparison point x∗x^*x∗ minimizes the full objective FFF.

Algorithm 1 starts from x0x_0x0​ and keeps three vectors: a snapshot x~\widetilde xx, a proximal sequence zzz, and another proximal sequence yyy. In each epoch it computes ∇f(x~)\nabla f(\widetilde x)∇f(x). At a current point xxx, it samples iii uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\ldots,n\}{1,…,n} and forms the gradient estimator

∇~=∇f(x~)+∇fi(x)−∇fi(x~).\widetilde\nabla=\nabla f(\widetilde x)+\nabla f_i(x)-\nabla f_i(\widetilde x).∇=∇f(x)+∇fi​(x)−∇fi​(x).

The algorithm then makes two proximal updates using ∇~\widetilde\nabla∇ and ψ\psiψ. Its next snapshot is a weighted average of the new yyy values, with weights (1+ασ)j(1+\alpha\sigma)^j(1+ασ)j for j=0,…,m−1j=0,\ldots,m-1j=0,…,m−1. The iterates yyy and zzz persist between epochs. In the theorem's run the epoch length is m=2nm=2nm=2n, and τ2=1/2\tau_2=1/2τ2​=1/2, τ1=min⁡{mσ/3L,1/2}\tau_1=\min\{\sqrt{m\sigma}/\sqrt{3L},1/2\}τ1​=min{mσ​/3L​,1/2}, and α=1/(3τ1L)\alpha=1/(3\tau_1L)α=1/(3τ1​L). The output after SSS epochs is x~S\widetilde x^SxS.

Formalization targets

Theorem 2.1: objective error after SSS epochs

For every starting point x0x_0x0​ and minimizer x∗x^*x∗ of FFF, the target is the paper's two-case expected bound:

EF(x~S)−F(x∗)≤{4(1+σ/(3Lm))−Sm(F(x0)−F(x∗)),mσ/L≤3/4,3(2/3)S(F(x0)−F(x∗)),mσ/L>3/4.\mathbb E F(\widetilde x^S)-F(x^*)\le\begin{cases}4(1+\sqrt{\sigma/(3Lm)})^{-Sm}\bigl(F(x_0)-F(x^*)\bigr),&m\sigma/L\le3/4,\\3(2/3)^S\bigl(F(x_0)-F(x^*)\bigr),&m\sigma/L>3/4.\end{cases}EF(xS)−F(x∗)≤{4(1+σ/(3Lm)​)−Sm(F(x0​)−F(x∗)),3(2/3)S(F(x0​)−F(x∗)),​mσ/L≤3/4,mσ/L>3/4.​

The expectation is over every independent uniform index sampled by the run. The two regimes meet at the threshold where the algorithm's minimum defining τ1\tau_1τ1​ changes branch. The milestone list follows Lemmas 2.3–2.7 and the displayed one-epoch inequalities of Section 2.2. It includes the variance bound, the proximal estimates, and the two regime-specific epoch estimates that feed the final theorem.

Significance

The theorem gives an accelerated linear reduction of the expected composite-objective error under the paper's strong convexity assumptions. It identifies how the rate depends on component count nnn, smoothness LLL, strong convexity σ\sigmaσ, and epoch count SSS. The author also translates the result into an iteration-complexity statement and uses it as a basis for later reductions and generalizations in the paper. The objective-error theorem is the stable mathematical claim formalized here; the complexity paraphrase is outside this mission's Lean goal.

Allen-Zhu proved Theorem 2.1 in the paper. The Lean declarations in this proposal are targets with proof placeholders, not machine-checked proofs of Katyusha's convergence. Completing them would produce a checked account of the exact algorithm, its finite probability space, and the conditional inequalities for an epoch. The finite-sum and proximal-point definitions reused here are already published in the SAGA formalization; Katyusha's weighted snapshot and coupling statements require their own development.

Difficulty

The estimator is unbiased, but that fact alone does not give the claimed acceleration. Its variance depends on the snapshot and current point, and a direct descent estimate retains a variance penalty. The bound in Lemma 2.4 expresses that penalty through a smooth convex gap which can have either sign before it is combined with other terms. The two proximal sequences and the snapshot therefore have to be accounted for together. Across an epoch, the yyy iterates are averaged with nonuniform weights, while yyy and zzz themselves are carried into the next epoch. Replacing the snapshot with the final yyy value or with a uniform average changes the algorithm and the theorem.

The two rate cases also reflect different parameter values. When mσ/L≤3/4m\sigma/L\le3/4mσ/L≤3/4, τ1\tau_1τ1​ is determined by a square root; above that threshold it is fixed at 1/21/21/2. A proof of only one branch would omit part of the source result. Treating the sampled indices as a single arbitrary path would ask for a false pathwise guarantee, whereas stating the result for a favorable path would lose the expectation bound.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and component indices are Fin n, translating the paper's one-based {1,…,n}\{1,\ldots,n\}{1,…,n} to a zero-based finite type. The goal fixes m=2nm=2nm=2n as Algorithm 1 does; the conditional one-epoch statements admit any positive mmm. The number of epochs SSS can be zero, in which case the output is the initial snapshot. The objective is real-valued. Thus ψ\psiψ may be nondifferentiable but does not include extended-valued indicator functions. The component gradient fields are required to be the actual gradients of their functions, and the comparison point minimizes FFF, not merely fff.

A proximal map P(γ,⋅)P(\gamma,\cdot)P(γ,⋅) is an explicit argument constrained, for every γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, to minimize the proximal objective of the given ψ\psiψ. The run computes the paper's two proximal updates with that map. The expectation is the finite uniform average over all nSmn^{Sm}nSm sequences, equivalent to SmSmSm independent uniform samples. It never quantifies over a convenient sequence. These links prevent a vacuous or unrelated encoding of the method.

The paper writes both rates using O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅). Its Section 2.2 bounds yield the concrete coefficient 444 in the square-root regime and 333 in the 1.5−S1.5^{-S}1.5−S regime; these are the expressions in the Lean goal. For Case 1 the rate is represented by division by (1+σ/(3Lm))Sm(1+\sqrt{\sigma/(3Lm)})^{Sm}(1+σ/(3Lm)​)Sm, a positive denominator. For Case 2 it is 3(2/3)S3(2/3)^S3(2/3)S. The statement retains both conclusions at their stated boundary. The one-step lemmas average only a fresh sampled index with the current state fixed, and the epoch statements average the current epoch's mmm indices.

The development needs finite sums and finite expectations, Euclidean smooth and strong convexity facts, proximal minimizer inequalities, and algebra of the weighted snapshot. The finite-sum objective, averaged gradient, proximal-point predicate, and finite index expectation are shared definitions; the Katyusha run, progress value, potential, and epoch inequalities are specific to this algorithm. Contributions proving the milestone statements, establishing existence and uniqueness of the proximal map under these assumptions, or improving reusable proximal and finite-expectation lemmas are within scope.

Selected references

  • Zeyuan Allen-Zhu, Katyusha: The First Direct Acceleration of Stochastic Gradient Methods, Journal of Machine Learning Research 18 (2018), 1–51; arXiv:1603.05953v6. The formalization uses the pinned arXiv version, pp. 1, 6–13.
  • Aaron Defazio, Francis Bach, and Simon Lacoste-Julien, SAGA: A Fast Incremental Gradient Method With Support for Non-Strongly Convex Composite Objectives, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 27 (2014); arXiv:1407.0202. The published finite-sum and proximal-point definitions are reused as common objects.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Semismooth and Semiconvex Functions in Constrained Optimization I: The Pointwise Maximum or Minimum over a Compact Family of Continuously Differentiable Functions Is SemismoothResearch Paper

Motivation

Many objective functions in engineering design, Chebyshev approximation and game-theoretic planning are extremal-valued: they are the pointwise maximum or minimum of a family of smooth functions, E(x)=max⁡u∈Uf(x,u)E(x)=\max_{u\in U} f(x,u)E(x)=maxu∈U​f(x,u). Such a function is typically not differentiable at points where two or more members of the family are active, so gradient methods do not apply directly. In 1976 R. Mifflin introduced the class of semismooth functions to identify which nondifferentiable functions can be minimized by bundle-type and line-search methods whose convergence relies only on generalized gradients (Mifflin, IIASA RR-76-21; journal version SIAM J. Control Optim. 15 (1977), doi:10.1137/0315061). For that class to be useful it must contain the functions that actually occur in practice. §3 of the report shows that it contains min–max objectives, which is the content of this mission.

Background: F. H. Clarke defined the generalized gradient of a locally Lipschitz function and computed it for max functions (Clarke, Trans. AMS 205 (1975), Theorem 2.1). A. Feuer's Columbia dissertation (1974) proved the formulas of Theorem 1 below under stronger assumptions and a result close to semismoothness, from which Mifflin's proof of Theorem 2 is adapted (report, Remark, p. 8). Mifflin's notion of semismoothness was later extended to vector-valued maps by Qi and Sun (1993), where it became the standard hypothesis for superlinear convergence of nonsmooth Newton methods.

Setting

Let Rn\mathbb R^nRn carry the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣, and let F:Rn→RF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb RF:Rn→R. FFF is Lipschitz on a set BBB if ∣F(y)−F(z)∣≤K∣y−z∣|F(y)-F(z)|\le K|y-z|∣F(y)−F(z)∣≤K∣y−z∣ for all y,z∈By,z\in By,z∈B. Clarke's generalized directional derivative is

F0(x;d)=lim sup⁡h→0, t↓0F(x+h+td)−F(x+h)t,F^0(x;d)=\limsup_{h\to 0,\ t\downarrow 0}\frac{F(x+h+td)-F(x+h)}{t},F0(x;d)=h→0, t↓0limsup​tF(x+h+td)−F(x+h)​,

and the generalized gradient is ∂F(x)={g:⟨g,d⟩≤F0(x;d) ∀d}\partial F(x)=\{g:\langle g,d\rangle\le F^0(x;d)\ \forall d\}∂F(x)={g:⟨g,d⟩≤F0(x;d) ∀d}. When lim⁡t↓0[F(x+td)−F(x)]/t\lim_{t\downarrow 0}[F(x+td)-F(x)]/tlimt↓0​[F(x+td)−F(x)]/t exists it is the directional derivative F′(x;d)F'(x;d)F′(x;d); FFF is quasidifferentiable at xxx if F′(x;d)F'(x;d)F′(x;d) exists and equals F0(x;d)F^0(x;d)F0(x;d) for all ddd.

FFF is semismooth at xxx (Definition 1) if it is Lipschitz on a ball about xxx and, for each ddd and all sequences tk↓0t_k\downarrow 0tk​↓0, θk\theta_kθk​ with θk/tk→0\theta_k/t_k\to 0θk​/tk​→0, and gk∈∂F(x+tkd+θk)g_k\in\partial F(x+t_kd+\theta_k)gk​∈∂F(x+tk​d+θk​), the real sequence ⟨gk,d⟩\langle g_k,d\rangle⟨gk​,d⟩ has exactly one accumulation point. FFF is semiconvex at xxx with respect to XXX (Definition 2) if it is Lipschitz on a ball about xxx, quasidifferentiable at xxx, and x+d∈Xx+d\in Xx+d∈X, F′(x;d)≥0F'(x;d)\ge 0F′(x;d)≥0 imply F(x+d)≥F(x)F(x+d)\ge F(x)F(x+d)≥F(x).

In §3, B⊆RnB\subseteq\mathbb R^nB⊆Rn is open, TTT is a topological space, U⊆TU\subseteq TU⊆T is sequentially compact, f:Rn×T→Rf:\mathbb R^n\times T\to\mathbb Rf:Rn×T→R, and E:Rn→RE:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb RE:Rn→R satisfies either (d) E(x)=max⁡u∈Uf(x,u)E(x)=\max_{u\in U}f(x,u)E(x)=maxu∈U​f(x,u) on BBB or (d′) E(x)=min⁡u∈Uf(x,u)E(x)=\min_{u\in U}f(x,u)E(x)=minu∈U​f(x,u) on BBB. The active set is A(x)={u∈U:E(x)=f(x,u)}A(x)=\{u\in U:E(x)=f(x,u)\}A(x)={u∈U:E(x)=f(x,u)}, and ∂xf(x,u)\partial_x f(x,u)∂x​f(x,u) is the generalized gradient of f(⋅,u)f(\cdot,u)f(⋅,u) at xxx. Hypotheses (a)–(c) ask that fff be continuous on B×UB\times UB×U, Lipschitz in xxx uniformly in uuu, and that ∂xf\partial_x f∂x​f be upper semicontinuous on B×UB\times UB×U; (e) and (e′) ask that fx′(x,u;d)f'_x(x,u;d)fx′​(x,u;d) exist and equal fx0(x,u;d)f^0_x(x,u;d)fx0​(x,u;d), respectively −fx0(x,u;−d)-f^0_x(x,u;-d)−fx0​(x,u;−d).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 8)

If (a) holds, EEE has the max form (d) or the min form (d′), f(⋅,u)f(\cdot,u)f(⋅,u) is differentiable on BBB for each u∈Uu\in Uu∈U, and ∇xf\nabla_x f∇x​f is continuous and bounded on B×UB\times UB×U, then

E is semismooth on B.E\ \text{is semismooth on } B.E is semismooth on B.

Milestones

  • Proposition 1(a), (b), (d) (p. 3): ∂F(x)\partial F(x)∂F(x) is nonempty, convex and compact; F0(x;d)=max⁡{⟨g,d⟩:g∈∂F(x)}F^0(x;d)=\max\{\langle g,d\rangle:g\in\partial F(x)\}F0(x;d)=max{⟨g,d⟩:g∈∂F(x)}; ∂F\partial F∂F is bounded by the Lipschitz constant and upper semicontinuous.
  • Theorem 1 (pp. 7–8), max and min forms: EEE is Lipschitz on BBB,
∂E(x)=conv⁡⋃u∈A(x)∂xf(x,u),E′(x;d)=E0(x;d)=max⁡{⟨g,d⟩:g∈∂xf(x,u), u∈A(x)}\partial E(x)=\operatorname{conv}\bigcup_{u\in A(x)}\partial_x f(x,u),\qquad E'(x;d)=E^0(x;d)=\max\{\langle g,d\rangle:g\in\partial_x f(x,u),\ u\in A(x)\}∂E(x)=convu∈A(x)⋃​∂x​f(x,u),E′(x;d)=E0(x;d)=max{⟨g,d⟩:g∈∂x​f(x,u), u∈A(x)}

in the max form, and E′(x;d)=−E0(x;−d)=min⁡{⋯ }E'(x;d)=-E^0(x;-d)=\min\{\cdots\}E′(x;d)=−E0(x;−d)=min{⋯} in the min form.

  • Two claims from the proof of Theorem 2 (p. 8): the smoothness assumption yields (b), (c), (e), (e′) and ∂xf={∇xf}\partial_x f=\{\nabla_x f\}∂x​f={∇x​f}; and lim sup⁡k⟨gk,d⟩≤E′(x;d)\limsup_k\langle g_k,d\rangle\le E'(x;d)limsupk​⟨gk​,d⟩≤E′(x;d).
  • Theorem 3 (p. 10): a max function of functions semiconvex at xxx is semiconvex at xxx.
  • Propositions 3 and 4 (pp. 5–6): convex, concave and continuously differentiable functions are semismooth, with the corresponding semiconvexity and quasidifferentiability statements.

Significance

Theorem 2 places every min–max objective with continuously differentiable data inside the class on which Mifflin's descent algorithms, and the bundle methods that followed them, are proved to converge. Theorem 1 is the generalized-gradient form of Danskin's theorem, the standard tool for computing subgradients of max functions. Theorem 3 shows that semiconvexity, unlike pseudoconvexity, survives pointwise maximization, which is what the sufficient optimality results of §5 of the report need.

All of these results are proved in the report and in the literature since 1977; none is open. As far as is known, none of them has a machine-checked proof. Mathlib has Fréchet derivatives and convex analysis but no Clarke generalized gradient calculus, no semismoothness and no Danskin-type theorem. A formalization produces those pieces as reusable infrastructure, and checks the report's statements under exactly stated hypotheses. One printed claim already needs a correction (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

Lipschitz continuity of EEE and the inequality lim sup⁡k⟨gk,d⟩≤E′(x;d)\limsup_k\langle g_k,d\rangle\le E'(x;d)limsupk​⟨gk​,d⟩≤E′(x;d) follow from Theorem 1 and the upper semicontinuity of ∂E\partial E∂E. The difficulty is the matching lower bound: semismoothness asks that the slopes ⟨gk,d⟩\langle g_k,d\rangle⟨gk​,d⟩ along an arbitrary sequence xk=x+tkd+θkx_k=x+t_kd+\theta_kxk​=x+tk​d+θk​, with arbitrary gk∈∂E(xk)g_k\in\partial E(x_k)gk​∈∂E(xk​), not accumulate strictly below E′(x;d)E'(x;d)E′(x;d). A generalized gradient of EEE at xkx_kxk​ is only a convex combination of gradients of the active functions at xkx_kxk​, and the active set can change discontinuously along the sequence. Upper semicontinuity of ∂E\partial E∂E alone does not prevent this; the function x2sin⁡(1/x)x^2\sin(1/x)x2sin(1/x) (p. 6) is Lipschitz and has an upper semicontinuous ∂F\partial F∂F but is not semismooth at 000. The argument has to use the continuity of ∇xf\nabla_x f∇x​f jointly in (x,u)(x,u)(x,u) and the compactness of UUU. Theorem 1 itself needs a mean value theorem for Lipschitz functions and a compactness argument over the active set, neither of which is in Mathlib in this form.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). F0F^0F0 is the published ClarkeGradients.Shared.genDirDeriv, a real limsup; every statement assumes the Lipschitz hypothesis of the page at the points where F0F^0F0 or ∂F\partial F∂F is used, so that this limsup is the true value. ∂F\partial F∂F is the support-set definition of the page, not Clarke's convex hull of gradient limits; the two coincide by Proposition 1(c), which is not assumed. F′(x;d)F'(x;d)F′(x;d) is a relation (HasDirDeriv), so "F′(x;d)≥0F'(x;d)\ge 0F′(x;d)≥0" means "exists and is nonnegative". "Exactly one accumulation point" is a unique cluster point, not convergence. "tk↓0t_k\downarrow 0tk​↓0" is read as "positive and tending to 000", as the report reads it in the proof of Lemma 2. "max" and "min" are attained extrema (IsGreatest, IsLeast), never suprema with default values.

EEE is a given function constrained by (d) or (d′), not a supremum; this rules out the trivializing formalization in which EEE is defined as ⨆ u ∈ U, f x u and takes the default value 000 for an empty or unbounded family. (d) and (d′) force U≠∅U\neq\emptysetU=∅. The page's "for each x∈Bx\in Bx∈B either (d) and (e) or (d′) and (e′)" is read as one form on all of BBB, as the proof of Theorem 2 treats it, and Theorem 1 is stated as two items. Hypothesis (c) is the sequential accumulation-point form in which Proposition 1(d) glosses upper semicontinuity.

The goal does not assume (b), (c), (e), (e′) or convexity of BBB; the report derives the first four from smoothness. The report claims (b) on all of BBB, which fails for non-convex open BBB (a bounded gradient gives a uniform Lipschitz constant only on convex sets). The corresponding milestone states (b) on balls contained in BBB, which is all the proof needs.

The development needs Clarke's calculus for Lipschitz functions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn (Propositions 1 and 2, a Lebourg mean value theorem), a Danskin-type theorem, and the regularity of C1C^1C1 functions. These are reusable well beyond this mission; a companion mission of the series covers Propositions 1(c), 2 and the chain rule. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, including alternative proofs of Theorem 1.

Selected references

  • R. Mifflin, Semismooth and semiconvex functions in constrained optimization, IIASA Research Report RR-76-21, December 1976. https://pure.iiasa.ac.at/id/eprint/524/ (journal version: SIAM J. Control Optim. 15(6) (1977) 959–972, https://doi.org/10.1137/0315061).
  • F. H. Clarke, Generalized gradients and applications, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 205 (1975) 247–262. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1975-0367131-6
  • A. Feuer, An Implementable Mathematical Programming Algorithm for Admissible Fundamental Functions, Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Mathematics, Columbia University, 1974.
  • G. Lebourg, Valeur moyenne pour gradient généralisé, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. A 281 (1975) 795–797.
  • L. Qi and J. Sun, A nonsmooth version of Newton's method, Math. Programming 58 (1993) 353–367. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581275
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Real-Time Iteration Scheme for Nonlinear Optimization in Optimal Feedback Control: The Real-Time Iterates Contract and Approach the Exact Stationary Points GeometricallyResearch Paper

Motivation

Nonlinear model predictive control (NMPC) computes a feedback law by solving, at every sampling time, an optimal control problem that starts from the currently measured state. The control actually applied is the first control of that problem's solution. When the dynamics are fast relative to the time an optimizer needs, solving each problem to convergence is impossible, and the delay between measuring the state and applying the control degrades or destabilises the closed loop.

Diehl, Bock and Schlöder (SIAM J. Control Optim. 43(5), 2005) analysed the real-time iteration: a scheme that performs a single Newton-type iteration per sampling time and then moves on to the next problem. The scheme is the basis of widely used NMPC software (for example the ACADO toolkit and acados) and of much of the later theory on suboptimal and "anytime" MPC. The paper's Theorem 4.1 is the first contraction result for it; Theorem 5.1 bounds the price paid in closed-loop cost for not solving each problem to optimality.

Setting

A discrete-time system xk+1=fk(xk,uk)x_{k+1}=f_k(x_k,u_k)xk+1​=fk​(xk​,uk​), k=0,…,N−1k=0,\dots,N-1k=0,…,N−1, has states xk∈Rnxx_k\in\mathbb R^{n_x}xk​∈Rnx​ and controls uk∈Rnuu_k\in\mathbb R^{n_u}uk​∈Rnu​. For k≤Nk\le Nk≤N and a state xkx_kxk​, the shrinking-horizon problem Pk(xk)P_k(x_k)Pk​(xk​) is

min⁡ ∑i=kN−1Li(si,qi)+E(sN)s.t.xk−sk=0,fi(si,qi)−si+1=0  (i=k,…,N−1).\min\ \sum_{i=k}^{N-1}L_i(s_i,q_i)+E(s_N)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad x_k-s_k=0,\quad f_i(s_i,q_i)-s_{i+1}=0\ \ (i=k,\dots,N-1).min i=k∑N−1​Li​(si​,qi​)+E(sN​)s.t.xk​−sk​=0,fi​(si​,qi​)−si+1​=0  (i=k,…,N−1).

Its primal-dual vector is y=(λk,sk,qk,…,λN,sN)∈Rnky=(\lambda_k,s_k,q_k,\dots,\lambda_N,s_N)\in\mathbb R^{n_k}y=(λk​,sk​,qk​,…,λN​,sN​)∈Rnk​ and its Lagrangian is

Lk(y)=∑i=kN−1Li(si,qi)+E(sN)+λkT(xk−sk)+∑i=kN−1λi+1T(fi(si,qi)−si+1).\mathcal L^k(y)=\sum_{i=k}^{N-1}L_i(s_i,q_i)+E(s_N)+\lambda_k^T(x_k-s_k)+\sum_{i=k}^{N-1}\lambda_{i+1}^T\big(f_i(s_i,q_i)-s_{i+1}\big).Lk(y)=i=k∑N−1​Li​(si​,qi​)+E(sN​)+λkT​(xk​−sk​)+i=k∑N−1​λi+1T​(fi​(si​,qi​)−si+1​).

The projection Πk+1:Rnk→Rnk+1\Pi^{k+1}:\mathbb R^{n_k}\to\mathbb R^{n_{k+1}}Πk+1:Rnk​→Rnk+1​ drops the block (λk,sk,qk)(\lambda_k,s_k,q_k)(λk​,sk​,qk​).

A Newton-type method solves ∇yLk(y)=0\nabla_y\mathcal L^k(y)=0∇y​Lk(y)=0 by steps Δy=−Jk(y)−1∇yLk(y)\Delta y=-J^k(y)^{-1}\nabla_y\mathcal L^k(y)Δy=−Jk(y)−1∇y​Lk(y), where Jk(y)J^k(y)Jk(y) is the KKT matrix ∇y2Lk(y)\nabla^2_y\mathcal L^k(y)∇y2​Lk(y) with its Hessian blocks ∇(si,qi)2Lk\nabla^2_{(s_i,q_i)}\mathcal L^k∇(si​,qi​)2​Lk (and the terminal block) replaced by approximations, for instance those of the constrained Gauss–Newton method. The real-time iteration starts from a guess y0y^0y0 and, for k=0,1,…k=0,1,\dotsk=0,1,…, computes Δyk=−Jk(yk)−1∇yLk(yk)\Delta y^k=-J^k(y^k)^{-1}\nabla_y\mathcal L^k(y^k)Δyk=−Jk(yk)−1∇y​Lk(yk) for Pk(xk)P_k(x_k)Pk​(xk​), applies uk:=qkk+Δqkku_k:=q^k_k+\Delta q^k_kuk​:=qkk​+Δqkk​, lets the system evolve to xk+1=fk(xk,uk)x_{k+1}=f_k(x_k,u_k)xk+1​=fk​(xk​,uk​), and sets yk+1:=Πk+1(yk+Δyk)y^{k+1}:=\Pi^{k+1}(y^k+\Delta y^k)yk+1:=Πk+1(yk+Δyk).

The analysis uses a neighbourhood D0∋y0D_0\ni y^0D0​∋y0 and its projections Dk+1:=Πk+1DkD_{k+1}:=\Pi^{k+1}D_kDk+1​:=Πk+1Dk​, norms ∥⋅∥k\|\cdot\|_k∥⋅∥k​ on Rnk\mathbb R^{n_k}Rnk​ with ∥Πk+1y∥k+1≤∥y∥k\|\Pi^{k+1}y\|_{k+1}\le\|y\|_k∥Πk+1y∥k+1​≤∥y∥k​ and ∥(Πk+1)Ty~∥k=∥y~∥k+1\|(\Pi^{k+1})^T\tilde y\|_k=\|\tilde y\|_{k+1}∥(Πk+1)Ty~​∥k​=∥y~​∥k+1​, two constants κ\kappaκ (the Hessian approximation error) and ω\omegaω (a Lipschitz-type constant of JkJ^kJk), the rates δk:=κ+ω2∥Δyk∥k\delta_k:=\kappa+\frac\omega2\|\Delta y^k\|_kδk​:=κ+2ω​∥Δyk∥k​, and the ball B0:={y:∥y−y0∥0≤∥Δy0∥0/(1−δ0)}B_0:=\{y:\|y-y^0\|_0\le\|\Delta y^0\|_0/(1-\delta_0)\}B0​:={y:∥y−y0∥0​≤∥Δy0∥0​/(1−δ0​)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (local contractivity)

Assume Lk\mathcal L^kLk is twice continuously differentiable on DkD_kDk​, JkJ^kJk is continuous with bounded inverse on DkD_kDk​, the conditions (4.1a)–(4.1c) hold with κ<1\kappa<1κ<1, δ0<1\delta_0<1δ0​<1 and B0⊆D0B_0\subseteq D_0B0​⊆D0​. Then for k=0,…,Nk=0,\dots,Nk=0,…,N

yk∈Πk⋯Π1B0⊆Dk,(4.2)y^k\in\Pi^k\cdots\Pi^1B_0\subseteq D_k,\tag{4.2}yk∈Πk⋯Π1B0​⊆Dk​,(4.2)

for k=0,…,N−1k=0,\dots,N-1k=0,…,N−1

∥Δyk+1∥k+1≤(κ+ω2∥Δyk∥k)∥Δyk∥k=δk∥Δyk∥k≤δ0∥Δyk∥k,(4.3)\|\Delta y^{k+1}\|_{k+1}\le\Big(\kappa+\frac\omega2\|\Delta y^k\|_k\Big)\|\Delta y^k\|_k=\delta_k\|\Delta y^k\|_k\le\delta_0\|\Delta y^k\|_k,\tag{4.3}∥Δyk+1∥k+1​≤(κ+2ω​∥Δyk∥k​)∥Δyk∥k​=δk​∥Δyk∥k​≤δ0​∥Δyk∥k​,(4.3)

and the Newton-type iterates of Pk(xk)P_k(x_k)Pk​(xk​) started at yky^kyk converge to a stationary point y∗ky^k_*y∗k​ with

∥yk−y∗k∥k≤∥Δyk∥k1−δk≤(δ0)k∥Δy0∥01−δ0.(4.4)\|y^k-y^k_*\|_k\le\frac{\|\Delta y^k\|_k}{1-\delta_k}\le\frac{(\delta_0)^k\|\Delta y^0\|_0}{1-\delta_0}.\tag{4.4}∥yk−y∗k​∥k​≤1−δk​∥Δyk∥k​​≤1−δ0​(δ0​)k∥Δy0∥0​​.(4.4)

No constant is chosen by the formalization: all of them are the paper's.

Milestones

The proof has three parts (contraction, well-definedness, distance to the stationary points). The milestones are its steps: the gradient transition identity between consecutive problems; the block identity Πk+1(∇2Lk−Jk)=(∇2Lk+1−Jk+1)Πk+1\Pi^{k+1}(\nabla^2\mathcal L^k-J^k)=(\nabla^2\mathcal L^{k+1}-J^{k+1})\Pi^{k+1}Πk+1(∇2Lk−Jk)=(∇2Lk+1−Jk+1)Πk+1; the one-step contraction; the recursion δk+1≤δk≤δ0\delta_{k+1}\le\delta_k\le\delta_0δk+1​≤δk​≤δ0​; the lifting of a nearby point of Rnk\mathbb R^{n_k}Rnk​ to B0B_0B0​; the contraction (4.7) of the Newton-type method on a fixed problem; and the convergence of those iterates to y∗ky^k_*y∗k​.

Companion: Theorem 5.1 (loss of optimality)

If moreover ∥∇y2L0∥≤C\|\nabla^2_y\mathcal L^0\|\le C∥∇y2​L0∥≤C on B0B_0B0​, then Freal≤Fopt+2C(δ01−δ0)2∥Δy0∥02F_{\rm real}\le F_{\rm opt}+2C\big(\frac{\delta_0}{1-\delta_0}\big)^2\|\Delta y^0\|_0^2Freal​≤Fopt​+2C(1−δ0​δ0​​)2∥Δy0∥02​, and for κ=0\kappa=0κ=0 the loss is C2(ω1−ω2∥Δy0∥0)2∥Δy0∥04\frac C2\big(\frac{\omega}{1-\frac\omega2\|\Delta y^0\|_0}\big)^2\|\Delta y^0\|_0^42C​(1−2ω​∥Δy0∥0​ω​)2∥Δy0∥04​. The intermediate estimate (5.4), ∥yreal−y∗0∥0≤2δ0∥Δy0∥0/(1−δ0)\|y_{\rm real}-y^0_*\|_0\le2\delta_0\|\Delta y^0\|_0/(1-\delta_0)∥yreal​−y∗0​∥0​≤2δ0​∥Δy0∥0​/(1−δ0​), is a separate item.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 says that a scheme which never solves any problem to convergence still produces iterates that contract at the rate of the underlying Newton-type method and approach the exact solutions of the problems along the closed loop, geometrically. It justifies the "one iteration per sample" design of real-time NMPC under explicit, checkable conditions on the Hessian approximation, and its constants κ,ω\kappa,\omegaκ,ω are those of the classical affine-invariant Newton-type convergence theory, so it extends to Gauss–Newton and other approximations. Theorem 5.1 turns the contraction into a closed-loop performance guarantee: the suboptimality is quadratic in the first step, quartic for exact Newton.

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. A formal proof would supply the details the paper leaves implicit (that the segments used by the integral mean value theorem stay in the domains, that the ball BkB_kBk​ around yky^kyk lies in DkD_kDk​), would give a reusable Lean model of discrete-time optimal control problems with their KKT structure and shrinking-horizon projections, and would make the classical local contraction argument for Newton-type methods available for general norms.

Difficulty

Each single estimate is a variant of the textbook local convergence proof for Newton-type methods. The difficulty is that the real-time iteration changes the problem at every step: the next step is computed for a different, smaller problem at a different initial state, so the textbook argument does not apply as is. The proof needs two structural facts that tie consecutive problems together, the gradient transition along the undisturbed closed loop and the block identity of the Hessian errors, together with the compatibility of the norms with the projections. A second obstacle is well-definedness: the iterates must be shown to stay in regions where the hypotheses hold, which requires tracking the projections of B0B_0B0​ through all shrinking spaces.

Formalization scope

Rnk\mathbb R^{n_k}Rnk​ is a Euclidean space whose coordinates are indexed by (multiplier, state or control block, stage, component) for the stages ≥k\ge k≥k; Πk+1\Pi^{k+1}Πk+1 is a restriction and its transpose the extension by zero. The gradient and Hessian are Mathlib's gradient and fderiv; the inverse is ContinuousLinearMap.inverse. The approximations of the stage Hessian blocks depend on (si,qi,λi+1)(s_i,q_i,\lambda_{i+1})(si​,qi​,λi+1​) (the paper's misprinted λk+1\lambda_{k+1}λk+1​ read as λi+1\lambda_{i+1}λi+1​), the terminal block may be approximated as in §2.2, and symmetry of the approximations is not required. The norms ∥⋅∥k\|\cdot\|_k∥⋅∥k​ are a structure carrying the norm axioms and the two compatibility conditions. The real-time iterates follow the undisturbed closed loop. The hypotheses (4.1a)–(4.1c) are imposed at the points of DkD_kDk​ where the paper's functions are defined, that is, for ttt with y+tΔy∈Dky+t\Delta y\in D_ky+tΔy∈Dk​; no convexity of D0D_0D0​ is assumed. Theorem 5.1 is stated with Euclidean norms on every Rnk\mathbb R^{n_k}Rnk​, because its last step bounds zTMzz^TMzzTMz by ∥M∥∥z∥2\|M\|\|z\|^2∥M∥∥z∥2; FoptF_{\rm opt}Fopt​ is the objective at the primal part of y∗0y^0_*y∗0​, not an infimum.

Mathlib's inverse is 000 at a non-invertible operator and its derivative is 000 at non-differentiable points; either junk value would make every step vanish and every bound trivial. The statements therefore require invertibility and twice continuous differentiability at the points of DkD_kDk​, keep the membership (4.2) as a conclusion, and pin y∗ky^k_*y∗k​ as the limit of the Newton-type scheme started at yky^kyk, so it cannot be chosen after the fact. Degenerate norms are excluded by the norm axioms.

Some milestones add a hypothesis that Theorem 4.1 supplies internally: a segment [y,y+Δy]⊆Dk[y,y+\Delta y]\subseteq D_k[y,y+Δy]⊆Dk​, the ball around the starting point contained in DkD_kDk​, or ω≥0\omega\ge0ω≥0 for the abstract δ-recursion. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a sorry-free instance of the hypotheses for a linear-quadratic problem, and general lemmas on the integral mean value theorem for gradients in arbitrary norms.

Selected references

  • M. Diehl, H. G. Bock, J. P. Schlöder, A real-time iteration scheme for nonlinear optimization in optimal feedback control, SIAM J. Control Optim. 43(5):1714–1736, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012902400713
  • P. Deuflhard, Newton Methods for Nonlinear Problems: Affine Invariance and Adaptive Algorithms, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 35, 2004 (softcover reprint 2011). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-23899-4
  • B. Houska, H. J. Ferreau, M. Diehl, ACADO toolkit — An open-source framework for automatic control and dynamic optimization, Optimal Control Applications and Methods 32(3):298–312, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1002/oca.939
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search V: The Heuristic Equilibrium of No-Search Assortment Planning Is Never Deeper Than OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers decide which product variants to stock, and most assortment-planning tools model consumer choice with the multinomial logit (MNL) model: a consumer who does not find an acceptable variant simply leaves without buying. Cachon, Terwiesch and Xu (Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search, working paper of December 2002; published in MSOM 7(4), 2005, doi:10.1287/msom.1050.0088) point out that consumers also search: a consumer who likes what the store offers may still walk out to look elsewhere, and that is more likely when the assortment is narrow.

In practice a retailer does not know consumer preferences; it estimates them from sales data and re-plans. This mission formalizes §5.1 of the paper, which asks what happens when a retailer runs this estimate-and-replan loop with the traditional no-search MNL model while consumers actually search. The loop can settle at a heuristic equilibrium in the sense of Cachon and Kok (2002), and the question is how that equilibrium compares with the truly optimal assortment.

Setting

There are nnn product variants, labelled from most to least popular, with preferences v1≥v2≥⋯≥vn>0v_1\ge v_2\ge\dots\ge v_n>0v1​≥v2​≥⋯≥vn​>0, and a no-purchase option ("variant 0") with preference v0>0v_0>0v0​>0. An assortment of depth x∈{0,…,n}x\in\{0,\dots,n\}x∈{0,…,n} is the set {1,…,x}\{1,\dots,x\}{1,…,x}. Variant iii has margin mim_imi​, with mj≥mkm_j\ge m_kmj​≥mk​ whenever vj≥vkv_j\ge v_kvj​≥vk​ (monotone margins, p. 6), and carrying it at demand qqq incurs an operational cost c(q)c(q)c(q), where ccc is concave and increasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1] (demand is normalised to one consumer).

True demand: the independent assortment model. With a constant λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 (Theorem 1 of the paper: λ=exp⁡[−(Uˉ/μ+γ)]\lambda=\exp[-(\bar U/\mu+\gamma)]λ=exp[−(Uˉ/μ+γ)]) and Vx=v0+∑j=1xvjV_x=v_0+\sum_{j=1}^{x}v_jVx​=v0​+∑j=1x​vj​, the probability that a consumer searches is H(x)=e−λVxH(x)=e^{-\lambda V_x}H(x)=e−λVx​, and variant i≤xi\le xi≤x has demand

di(x)=viVx (1−H(x)).d_i(x)=\frac{v_i}{V_x}\,\bigl(1-H(x)\bigr).di​(x)=Vx​vi​​(1−H(x)).

The no-purchase demand is d0(x)=1−∑i=1xdi(x)d_0(x)=1-\sum_{i=1}^{x}d_i(x)d0​(x)=1−∑i=1x​di​(x), and the true profit is π(x)=∑i=1x(midi(x)−c(di(x)))\pi(x)=\sum_{i=1}^{x}\bigl(m_i d_i(x)-c(d_i(x))\bigr)π(x)=∑i=1x​(mi​di​(x)−c(di​(x))).

Estimates. Observing d0(x),…,dx(x)d_0(x),\dots,d_x(x)d0​(x),…,dx​(x) for x≥1x\ge1x≥1, the retailer fits the MNL model, normalised by v^1(x)=1\hat v_1(x)=1v^1​(x)=1: v^i(x)=di(x)/d1(x)\hat v_i(x)=d_i(x)/d_1(x)v^i​(x)=di​(x)/d1​(x) for 0≤i≤x0\le i\le x0≤i≤x, and for variants not carried it reuses the estimates v^i(n)\hat v_i(n)v^i​(n) from an initial depth test with the full assortment. The no-search model fed with preferences www predicts the shares qim(x∣w)=wi/(w0+∑j≤xwj)q_i^m(x\mid w)=w_i/(w_0+\sum_{j\le x}w_j)qim​(x∣w)=wi​/(w0​+∑j≤x​wj​) and the profit π(x∣w)=∑i≤x(miqim(x∣w)−c(qim(x∣w)))\pi(x\mid w)=\sum_{i\le x}\bigl(m_i q_i^m(x\mid w)-c(q_i^m(x\mid w))\bigr)π(x∣w)=∑i≤x​(mi​qim​(x∣w)−c(qim​(x∣w))).

Heuristic equilibrium. A depth 1≤x∗≤n1\le x^*\le n1≤x∗≤n is a heuristic equilibrium when x∗x^*x∗ maximises π(⋅∣v^(x∗))\pi(\cdot\mid\hat v(x^*))π(⋅∣v^(x∗)) over 0,…,n0,\dots,n0,…,n: the assortment is optimal for the estimated preferences, and the estimates are those observed under the assortment. An optimal depth xox^oxo maximises the true profit π\piπ over 0,…,n0,\dots,n0,…,n.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 23)

If x∗x^*x∗ is a heuristic equilibrium and xox^oxo is an optimal depth such that every deeper depth is strictly worse (π(x)<π(xo)\pi(x)<\pi(x^o)π(x)<π(xo) for xo<x≤nx^o<x\le nxo<x≤n), then

x∗≤xo.x^*\le x^o.x∗≤xo.

Milestones

  • IIA among product variants (p. 21): di(x)/dj(x)=vi/vjd_i(x)/d_j(x)=v_i/v_jdi​(x)/dj​(x)=vi​/vj​ for i,ji,ji,j in the assortment.
  • Correct relative estimates (p. 21): v^i(x)/v^j(x)=vi/vj\hat v_i(x)/\hat v_j(x)=v_i/v_jv^i​(x)/v^j​(x)=vi​/vj​ for all product variants 0<i<j≤n0<i<j\le n0<i<j≤n.
  • No-purchase ratio (p. 21): d0(x)di(x)=q0m(x)+∑j≤xqjm(x)H(x)qim(x)(1−H(x))\dfrac{d_0(x)}{d_i(x)}=\dfrac{q_0^m(x)+\sum_{j\le x}q_j^m(x)H(x)}{q_i^m(x)(1-H(x))}di​(x)d0​(x)​=qim​(x)(1−H(x))q0m​(x)+∑j≤x​qjm​(x)H(x)​.
  • ZZZ is decreasing (proof of Theorem 7): Z(δ)=δe−λδ/(1−e−λδ)Z(\delta)=\delta e^{-\lambda\delta}/(1-e^{-\lambda\delta})Z(δ)=δe−λδ/(1−e−λδ) is non-increasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  • Theorem 7 (p. 22): for 1≤x≤n1\le x\le n1≤x≤n,
d0(x′)≥q0m(x′∣v^(x))  (x′<x),d0(x′′)≤q0m(x′′∣v^(x))  (x<x′′≤n).d_0(x')\ge q_0^m(x'\mid\hat v(x))\ \ (x'<x),\qquad d_0(x'')\le q_0^m(x''\mid\hat v(x))\ \ (x<x''\le n).d0​(x′)≥q0m​(x′∣v^(x))  (x′<x),d0​(x′′)≤q0m​(x′′∣v^(x))  (x<x′′≤n).
  • Exact prediction at the estimating assortment: π(x)=π(x∣v^(x))\pi(x)=\pi(x\mid\hat v(x))π(x)=π(x∣v^(x)).
  • No loss-making variant at equilibrium: miqim(x∗∣v^(x∗))−c(qim(x∗∣v^(x∗)))≥0m_iq_i^m(x^*\mid\hat v(x^*))-c(q_i^m(x^*\mid\hat v(x^*)))\ge0mi​qim​(x∗∣v^(x∗))−c(qim​(x∗∣v^(x∗)))≥0 for i≤x∗i\le x^*i≤x∗.
  • Over-estimation of narrower assortments: π(x)≤π(x∣v^(x∗))\pi(x)\le\pi(x\mid\hat v(x^*))π(x)≤π(x∣v^(x∗)) for 1≤x<x∗1\le x<x^*1≤x<x∗.

Significance

Theorem 8 says that a retailer who ignores consumer search and plans iteratively from its own sales data can only err on the side of a too-narrow assortment, never a too-deep one. The bias is structural: Theorem 7 shows that the estimates get every product variant's relative preference right but misjudge the no-purchase option in a direction fixed by the depth. The result thus separates the part of the MNL model that survives consumer search (IIA among products) from the part that does not (IIA with respect to the no-purchase option).

The results are proved in the paper, by short arguments, but some steps are only asserted: the non-negativity of variant profits at the equilibrium is attributed to "the previous section", and the overlapping assortment model is dismissed with "the similar process". No machine-checked proof of these results is known. A formalization makes explicit the hypotheses the paper leaves implicit (c(0)≥0c(0)\ge0c(0)≥0, and a strict-deeper condition on xox^oxo in place of the presumed uniqueness of the optimum), and delivers a reusable formal model of MNL estimation under search.

Difficulty

Each step is elementary, and the difficulty lies in keeping two profit functions apart and carrying the right inequalities between them. The tempting shortcut, "the estimates are correct, so the no-search optimum is the true optimum", fails: the estimates are correct only up to the no-purchase preference v^0(x)\hat v_0(x)v^0​(x), which depends on xxx, and that single number shifts every predicted share. The proof of Theorem 7 must reduce the comparison of v^0(x′)\hat v_0(x')v^0​(x′) and v^0(x)\hat v_0(x)v^0​(x) to the monotonicity of the function ZZZ. The step from no-purchase demand to profit needs every predicted variant profit to be non-negative, which requires the monotone labelling of preferences and margins together with concavity of ccc and c(0)≥0c(0)\ge0c(0)≥0; the paper asserts it without proof.

Formalization scope

  • Variants are Fin n, 0-based: the paper's variant iii is index i−1i-1i−1. Depths are natural numbers, and depth xxx is the published RetailVariety.Structure.popularSet n x; the MNL share is the published RetailVariety.Structure.share.
  • The no-purchase option is not an element of Fin n; its preference v0v_0v0​ and estimate v^0(x)\hat v_0(x)v^0​(x) are separate reals.
  • λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 is a free parameter standing for Theorem 1's exp⁡[−(Uˉ/μ+γ)]\exp[-(\bar U/\mu+\gamma)]exp[−(Uˉ/μ+γ)]; the results use only λ>0\lambda>0λ>0.
  • c:R→Rc:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rc:R→R is concave and monotone on [0,1][0,1][0,1], with the added hypothesis c(0)≥0c(0)\ge0c(0)≥0. Margins and preferences are antitone in the index (the paper's standing assumptions, pp. 5–6).
  • The estimates are defined by the closed-form solution of the paper's linear system; for variants not carried, by the depth-test values v^i(n)\hat v_i(n)v^i​(n). They are used only for 1≤x≤n1\le x\le n1≤x≤n.
  • Optimality, for both x∗x^*x∗ (predicted profit) and xox^oxo (true profit), is over depths 0,…,n0,\dots,n0,…,n, as in the paper's proof.
  • Only the independent assortment model is formalized. The overlapping model is asserted by the paper with "the similar logic" and "the similar process", and would also need the search threshold Uˉ(x)\bar U(x)Uˉ(x) to be monotone in xxx, which the paper asserts on p. 17 without proof.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the estimates are not the true preferences (in particular v^0≠v0\hat v_0\ne v_0v^0​=v0​, which would force x∗=xox^*=x^ox∗=xo); xox^oxo is not an arbitrary maximiser but one with all deeper depths strictly worse; x∗=0x^*=0x∗=0, where nothing is observed, is excluded rather than given junk estimates; and nothing is claimed for the overlapping model.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular Theorem 7 and the positivity step, and a formal treatment of the overlapping model with its additional hypotheses.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, C. Terwiesch, Y. Xu, Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search, working paper, The Wharton School, December 20, 2002 (the version cited here); published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 7(4):330–346, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1050.0088
  • G. P. Cachon, A. G. Kok, Heuristic equilibrium in the newsvendor model with clearance pricing, working paper, 2002; published in Management Science 53(3):934–951, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1060.0661
  • G. J. van Ryzin, S. Mahajan, On the relationship between inventory costs and variety benefits in retail assortments, Management Science 45(11):1496–1509, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.11.1496
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search I: Under Independent-Assortment Search, a Variant's Demand Falls Strictly as the Assortment ExpandsResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer choosing which variants of a product to stock (colours, sizes, models) faces a trade-off that operations management has studied since van Ryzin and Mahajan (1999): a deeper assortment attracts more purchases, but each added variant takes demand away from the variants already on the shelf. This loss is called cannibalization. In the standard model of consumer choice, the multinomial logit (MNL), cannibalization holds exactly: every variant's purchase probability falls when a variant is added.

The MNL assumes that a consumer who walks into a store buys either from that store or nothing. Real consumers can also leave to search elsewhere, and a deeper assortment makes them less likely to leave. Cachon, Terwiesch and Xu (working paper, 2002; published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2005, doi:10.1287/msom.1050.0088) add search to the MNL and ask whether cannibalization survives. Two forces now act on a variant's demand when the assortment expands: the share of buyers who choose it falls, and the share of consumers who stay in the store rises. This mission formalizes their answer for the first of their two search models, the independent assortment model, in which the outside option does not depend on what the retailer stocks.

Setting

There are nnn possible variants N={1,…,n}N=\{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}; the retailer stocks an assortment S⊆NS\subseteq NS⊆N. A faux variant 000 represents not buying.

Gumbel shocks. Fix a scale μ>0\mu>0μ>0 and let γ\gammaγ be Euler's constant. The zero-mean Gumbel law with scale μ\muμ has distribution function and density

F(x)=exp⁡[−exp⁡(−(xμ+γ))],f(x)=F′(x).F(x)=\exp\Big[-\exp\Big(-\Big(\frac{x}{\mu}+\gamma\Big)\Big)\Big],\qquad f(x)=F'(x).F(x)=exp[−exp(−(μx​+γ))],f(x)=F′(x).

Utilities. Variant jjj has expected net utility uj−pju_j-p_juj​−pj​ (utility minus price), and the no-purchase option has u0u_0u0​ (its price is p0=0p_0=0p0​=0). A consumer's realised utilities are Uj=(uj−pj)+ζjU_j=(u_j-p_j)+\zeta_jUj​=(uj​−pj​)+ζj​ and U0=u0+ζ0U_0=u_0+\zeta_0U0​=u0​+ζ0​, with ζ0,ζ1,…,ζn\zeta_0,\zeta_1,\dots,\zeta_nζ0​,ζ1​,…,ζn​ independent and Gumbel. The preference of variant jjj is vj=exp⁡((uj−pj)/μ)v_j=\exp((u_j-p_j)/\mu)vj​=exp((uj​−pj​)/μ), and v0=exp⁡(u0/μ)v_0=\exp(u_0/\mu)v0​=exp(u0​/μ).

No search. The consumer buys the variant of SSS with the highest utility, or nothing if U0U_0U0​ is higher. The probability that she buys i∈Si\in Si∈S is qim(S)q_i^m(S)qim​(S).

Search. A consumer may instead search at a cost bbb and receive Ur=ur+ζrU_r=u_r+\zeta_rUr​=ur​+ζr​, where ζr\zeta_rζr​ is another independent Gumbel shock that she has not yet observed. Having seen y=Umax⁡y=U_{\max}y=Umax​, the best utility in the store, she searches when the expected gain minus the expected loss is at least bbb:

∫y−ur∞(ur+x−y)f(x) dx−∫−∞y−ur(y−ur−x)f(x) dx ≥ b.\int_{y-u_r}^{\infty}(u_r+x-y)f(x)\,dx-\int_{-\infty}^{y-u_r}(y-u_r-x)f(x)\,dx\ \ge\ b .∫y−ur​∞​(ur​+x−y)f(x)dx−∫−∞y−ur​​(y−ur​−x)f(x)dx ≥ b.

The independent-assortment demand qisi(S)q_i^{si}(S)qisi​(S) is the probability that variant iii has the highest utility in SSS, beats the no-purchase option, and the consumer does not search. Write Uˉ=ur−b\bar U=u_r-bUˉ=ur​−b (the search threshold), λ=exp⁡[−(Uˉ/μ+γ)]\lambda=\exp[-(\bar U/\mu+\gamma)]λ=exp[−(Uˉ/μ+γ)] and H(Uˉ,S)=exp⁡(−λ(v0+∑j∈Svj))H(\bar U,S)=\exp\big(-\lambda(v_0+\sum_{j\in S}v_j)\big)H(Uˉ,S)=exp(−λ(v0​+∑j∈S​vj​)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 9)

For all SSS and S+S^+S+ with i∈S⊊S+i\in S\subsetneq S^+i∈S⊊S+,

qisi(S) > qisi(S+).q_i^{si}(S)\ >\ q_i^{si}(S^+).qisi​(S) > qisi​(S+).

The goal leaves the utilities uj−pju_j-p_juj​−pj​, u0u_0u0​, uru_rur​, the search cost bbb, the scale μ\muμ and the number of variants nnn arbitrary.

Milestones

  1. The MNL formula (2): qim(S)=vi/(∑j∈Svj+v0)q_i^m(S)=v_i/(\sum_{j\in S}v_j+v_0)qim​(S)=vi​/(∑j∈S​vj​+v0​) for i=0i=0i=0 and i∈Si\in Si∈S.
  2. The Gumbel law with the constant γ\gammaγ has mean zero, E[ζr]=0E[\zeta_r]=0E[ζr​]=0.
  3. The search rule: search is worthwhile at yyy if and only if ur−b≥yu_r-b\ge yur​−b≥y.
  4. The integral representation of qisi(S)q_i^{si}(S)qisi​(S) over the realisation ϕ\phiϕ of ζi\zeta_iζi​.
  5. The change of variables δ=exp⁡[−(ϕ/μ+γ)]\delta=\exp[-(\phi/\mu+\gamma)]δ=exp[−(ϕ/μ+γ)] that turns it into ∫0αexp⁡[−δ(v0+∑j∈Svj)/vi] dδ\int_0^\alpha\exp[-\delta(v_0+\sum_{j\in S}v_j)/v_i]\,d\delta∫0α​exp[−δ(v0​+∑j∈S​vj​)/vi​]dδ.
  6. Theorem 1 (p. 8): qisi(S)=qim(S) (1−H(Uˉ,S))q_i^{si}(S)=q_i^m(S)\,\big(1-H(\bar U,S)\big)qisi​(S)=qim​(S)(1−H(Uˉ,S)) for i∈Si\in Si∈S.
  7. T(ω)=ω(1−e−λ/ω)T(\omega)=\omega(1-e^{-\lambda/\omega})T(ω)=ω(1−e−λ/ω) is strictly increasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), with the derivative the paper displays.
  8. qisi(S)=vi T((∑k∈Svk+v0)−1)q_i^{si}(S)=v_i\,T\big((\sum_{k\in S}v_k+v_0)^{-1}\big)qisi​(S)=vi​T((∑k∈S​vk​+v0​)−1).

Significance

Theorem 1 says that under independent-assortment search the demand for every stocked variant is its MNL demand scaled by one common factor, the probability 1−H(Uˉ,S)1-H(\bar U,S)1−H(Uˉ,S) that the best option in the store clears the threshold Uˉ\bar UUˉ. The threshold itself does not depend on the assortment. Theorem 2 then shows that the MNL's cannibalization effect dominates the retention effect of a deeper assortment, so each variant's demand still falls strictly when variants are added. The paper's later results on the shape of the profit function and on the structure of optimal assortments under search build on this closed form.

The paper's proofs are short but rely on steps it states without proof: the MNL formula is cited from Anderson, de Palma and Thisse (1992), the search rule is obtained "after rearranging terms", and the closed form follows from a change of variables. No machine-checked version of these steps is known. The mission produces a checked derivation of a logit-type closed form from an explicit random-utility model with an outside option and an endogenous stopping decision, at the paper's scale μ\muμ and with its centring constant γ\gammaγ.

Difficulty

Theorem 2 is not monotonicity of a single fraction. Adding a variant enlarges the denominator of qim(S)q_i^m(S)qim​(S) and simultaneously raises the factor 1−H(Uˉ,S)1-H(\bar U,S)1−H(Uˉ,S), so the sign of the change is a competition between the two, and a bound on either factor alone does not settle it. The comparison becomes one-dimensional only after Theorem 1 is available, and Theorem 1 itself requires computing a probability of an event defined by finitely many strict inequalities among independent Gumbel variables together with the consumer's search decision. That calculation is an iterated integral over the product law, with the decision rule, the mean of the Gumbel law and the change of variables each needing their own justification.

Formalization scope

  • Indices. Variants are Fin n, 0-based (the paper's variant iii is index i−1i-1i−1). The no-purchase option is the extra index none of Option (Fin n). Assortments are Finset (Fin n), and S⊊S+S\subsetneq S^+S⊊S+ is S ⊂ Splus.
  • The law. IsZeroMeanGumbel μ G says the probability measure G on ℝ has distribution function FFF above; μ>0\mu>0μ>0 and γ\gammaγ is Real.eulerMascheroniConstant. Such a law exists for every μ>0\mu>0μ>0 (checked sorry-free locally).
  • The sample space is Option (Fin n) → ℝ with the product measure Measure.pi (fun _ => G). The search shock does not appear in it: the consumer decides before observing ζr\zeta_rζr​, so only its law enters, as integration against G in the search rule.
  • Demand. qim(S)q_i^m(S)qim​(S) (noSearchProb) and qisi(S)q_i^{si}(S)qisi​(S) (searchProb) are the real values of the probabilities of the choice events, with strict inequalities. The search event uses the paper's decision rule (the displayed integral), not the threshold Uˉ\bar UUˉ; the equivalence is a milestone. The closed form vi/(∑j∈Svj+v0)v_i/(\sum_{j\in S}v_j+v_0)vi​/(∑j∈S​vj​+v0​) is the published RetailVariety.Structure.share.
  • Corrected typo. The paper prints α=exp⁡[−((Uˉ−ui)/μ+γ)]\alpha=\exp[-((\bar U-u_i)/\mu+\gamma)]α=exp[−((Uˉ−ui​)/μ+γ)]; the change of variables gives ui−piu_i-p_iui​−pi​ in place of uiu_iui​, and the milestone states the corrected value.
  • TTT is used on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞); the paper's interval [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) includes a point where TTT is undefined.

Ruled out. Demand defined by the closed form (3), which would make Theorem 1 true by definition and Theorem 2 a calculus fact; Theorem 2 with ⊆\subseteq⊆ and ≥\ge≥; a standard Gumbel law (scale 111, mean γ\gammaγ) in place of the paper's zero-mean scale-μ\muμ law; and a model without the no-purchase option.

Infrastructure. A complete development needs the distribution theory of the Gumbel law (density, mean), choice probabilities of products of i.i.d. continuous variables as iterated integrals, and calculus for TTT. The Gumbel and MNL lemmas are reusable for any logit-based choice model, including the other missions of this series. Contributions of proofs of any milestone, or of general MNL infrastructure that the milestones can import, are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, C. Terwiesch, Y. Xu, Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search, working paper, The Wharton School, Dec. 20, 2002; published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 7(4), 330–346, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1050.0088
  • S. P. Anderson, A. de Palma, J.-F. Thisse, Discrete Choice Theory of Product Differentiation, MIT Press, 1992.
  • G. van Ryzin, S. Mahajan, On the Relationship Between Inventory Costs and Variety Benefits in Retail Assortments, Management Science 45(11), 1496–1509, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.11.1496
  • D. McFadden, Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior, in P. Zarembka (ed.), Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, 1974, 105–142.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search III: Under Independent-Assortment Search, the Profit Change from Adding a Variant Is Quasi-Convex in Its PreferenceResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer deciding which variants of a product to stock trades off two effects. A deeper assortment captures consumers whose favourite variant would otherwise be missing, but it splits demand among more variants, each of which then carries its operational costs (shelf space, handling, inventory) at a smaller, less efficient scale. Van Ryzin and Mahajan (Management Science 1999) showed that under multinomial-logit (MNL) demand the optimal assortment consists of the most popular variants, which reduces the search over 2n2^n2n assortments to nnn candidates.

Cachon, Terwiesch and Xu (working paper, 2002; published in MSOM 2005) add consumer search: a consumer who finds nothing good enough in the store may leave to look elsewhere, and a deeper assortment makes that less likely. In their independent-assortment model the search threshold does not depend on the store's assortment, but the fraction of consumers who stay does. This mission formalizes their Theorem 5: even with this extra dependence, the profit change from adding a variant is quasi-convex in that variant's preference.

Setting

There are nnn variants. Variant iii has a preference vi>0v_i>0vi​>0 and the no-purchase option has preference v0>0v_0>0v0​>0 (in the paper vi=exp⁡((ui−pi)/μ)v_i=\exp((u_i-p_i)/\mu)vi​=exp((ui​−pi​)/μ), with ui−piu_i-p_iui​−pi​ the net utility and μ>0\mu>0μ>0 the Gumbel scale). For an assortment S⊆{1,…,n}S\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}S⊆{1,…,n} the MNL purchase probability without search is

qim(S)=vi∑k∈Svk+v0,i∈S.q_i^m(S)=\frac{v_i}{\sum_{k\in S}v_k+v_0},\qquad i\in S .qim​(S)=∑k∈S​vk​+v0​vi​​,i∈S.

A consumer searches when her best alternative in the store, including no purchase, falls below a threshold Uˉ\bar UUˉ. With Euler's constant γ\gammaγ and λ=exp⁡[−(Uˉ/μ+γ)]>0\lambda=\exp[-(\bar U/\mu+\gamma)]>0λ=exp[−(Uˉ/μ+γ)]>0, this happens with probability H(Uˉ,S)=exp⁡(−λ(v0+∑k∈Svk))H(\bar U,S)=\exp\bigl(-\lambda(v_0+\sum_{k\in S}v_k)\bigr)H(Uˉ,S)=exp(−λ(v0​+∑k∈S​vk​)), and by the paper's Theorem 1 the independent-assortment demand is

qisi(S)=qim(S)(1−H(Uˉ,S)).q_i^{si}(S)=q_i^m(S)\bigl(1-H(\bar U,S)\bigr).qisi​(S)=qim​(S)(1−H(Uˉ,S)).

Each variant sold earns a margin mmm, and stocking a variant with demand qqq costs c(q)c(q)c(q), where the cost function ccc is concave and increasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1] (economies of scale). Variant iii's profit is πisi(S)=m qisi(S)−c(qisi(S))\pi_i^{si}(S)=m\,q_i^{si}(S)-c(q_i^{si}(S))πisi​(S)=mqisi​(S)−c(qisi​(S)). Write VS=v0+∑i∈SviV_S=v_0+\sum_{i\in S}v_iVS​=v0​+∑i∈S​vi​.

Fix SSS and a variant j∉Sj\notin Sj∈/S, and treat jjj's preference vj≥0v_j\ge 0vj​≥0 as a variable. Let πisi(vj)\pi_i^{si}(v_j)πisi​(vj​) be variant iii's profit in Sj=S∪{j}S_j=S\cup\{j\}Sj​=S∪{j}; its demand carries the factor 1−e−λ(vj+VS)1-e^{-\lambda(v_j+V_S)}1−e−λ(vj​+VS​), not 1−e−λVS1-e^{-\lambda V_S}1−e−λVS​. The cannibalization loss and the profit change are

Lsi(vj)=∑i∈Sπisi(S)−∑i∈Sπisi(vj),hsi(vj)=πjsi(vj)−Lsi(vj).L^{si}(v_j)=\sum_{i\in S}\pi_i^{si}(S)-\sum_{i\in S}\pi_i^{si}(v_j),\qquad h^{si}(v_j)=\pi_j^{si}(v_j)-L^{si}(v_j).Lsi(vj​)=i∈S∑​πisi​(S)−i∈S∑​πisi​(vj​),hsi(vj​)=πjsi​(vj​)−Lsi(vj​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5 (common margin)

hsi is quasi-convex on [0,∞):hsi(t)≤max⁡{hsi(a),hsi(b)}(0≤a≤t≤b).h^{si}\ \text{is quasi-convex on }[0,\infty):\qquad h^{si}(t)\le\max\{h^{si}(a),h^{si}(b)\}\quad(0\le a\le t\le b).hsi is quasi-convex on [0,∞):hsi(t)≤max{hsi(a),hsi(b)}(0≤a≤t≤b).

Milestones (the steps of the paper's proof)

  1. Display (7): hsi′(vj)=J(vj)f(vj)+N(vj)g(vj)h^{si\prime}(v_j)=J(v_j)f(v_j)+N(v_j)g(v_j)hsi′(vj​)=J(vj​)f(vj​)+N(vj​)g(vj​) for vj>0v_j>0vj​>0, with the paper's functions J,f,N,gJ,f,N,gJ,f,N,g.
  2. J(vj)>0J(v_j)>0J(vj​)>0 and N(vj)<0N(v_j)<0N(vj​)<0 for vj>0v_j>0vj​>0.
  3. fff is nondecreasing and ggg is nonincreasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  4. Display (8), corrected: hsi′(vj)=e−λ(vj+VS)(vj+VS)2[VSD(vj)f(vj)−K(vj)g(vj)]h^{si\prime}(v_j)=\dfrac{e^{-\lambda(v_j+V_S)}}{(v_j+V_S)^2}\bigl[V_S D(v_j)f(v_j)-K(v_j)g(v_j)\bigr]hsi′(vj​)=(vj​+VS​)2e−λ(vj​+VS​)​[VS​D(vj​)f(vj​)−K(vj​)g(vj​)].
  5. DDD and KKK are positive and strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and so is K/DK/DK/D.
  6. Display (12): 2−2e−t−te−t−t<02-2e^{-t}-te^{-t}-t<02−2e−t−te−t−t<0 for t=λ(vj+VS)>0t=\lambda(v_j+V_S)>0t=λ(vj​+VS​)>0.

Significance

Quasi-convexity of hsih^{si}hsi says that a variant is worth adding, if at all, at an extreme of its popularity. The paper uses it to conclude that, as without search, the optimal assortment under independent-assortment search lies among the popular assortments, the sets of the kkk most preferred variants. This reduces assortment optimization to nnn candidates. The paper also shows that the conclusion fails in its overlapping-assortment model, so the independent-assortment case marks where this structural result survives the addition of search.

The result is proved in the paper; none of it has a machine-checked proof. The paper's proof contains gaps that a formalization must close: several sign and monotonicity facts are asserted without proof ("It can be shown", "by a similar argument as in Theorem 4"), display (8) is printed without a factor VSV_SVS​, and the step from (10) to (11) rests on an inequality asserted without the full expression. A complete formal proof of Theorem 5 therefore also fixes the argument.

Difficulty

The no-search analogue (Theorem 4) is easy: the numerator of hm′h^{m\prime}hm′ is increasing, so hm′h^{m\prime}hm′ changes sign at most once. Here the search factor 1−e−λ(vj+VS)1-e^{-\lambda(v_j+V_S)}1−e−λ(vj​+VS​) depends on vjv_jvj​, and the derivative splits as Jf+NgJf+NgJf+Ng with J>0J>0J>0, N<0N<0N<0, fff nondecreasing and ggg nonincreasing, but neither JJJ nor NNN is monotone. So the argument used for Theorem 4 no longer applies, and when f≥0f\ge 0f≥0 and g≥0g\ge 0g≥0 the derivative cannot be written as a positive factor times a monotone one. The proof needs a separate second-order argument at critical points in that case. Showing only that hsi′h^{si\prime}hsi′ has at most one zero is also not enough: it must change sign from negative to positive.

Formalization scope

  • Variants are Fin n (0-based); the no-purchase option is a separate real v0 > 0, not an element of Fin n. All preferences are positive. The MNL probability is the published RetailVariety.Structure.share, referenced, not redefined.
  • One margin m∈Rm\in\mathbb Rm∈R for every variant, including jjj. The paper's model allows per-variant margins, but its proof of Theorem 5 writes a single mmm throughout. With unequal margins the statement is false: one variant i∈Si\in Si∈S with vi=0.76202736v_i=0.76202736vi​=0.76202736, v0=0.021273423v_0=0.021273423v0​=0.021273423, c(q)=0.38165308 q0.59833805c(q)=0.38165308\,q^{0.59833805}c(q)=0.38165308q0.59833805, mj=5.4080321m_j=5.4080321mj​=5.4080321, mi=6.1078441m_i=6.1078441mi​=6.1078441, λ=2.6494844\lambda=2.6494844λ=2.6494844 gives an hsih^{si}hsi that rises to about 0.2460.2460.246 near vj≈1.0v_j\approx1.0vj​≈1.0, falls to about 0.1520.1520.152 near vj≈15.9v_j\approx15.9vj​≈15.9, and rises again.
  • c:R→Rc:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rc:R→R is concave and monotone on [0,1][0,1][0,1] (all demands lie in [0,1)[0,1)[0,1)) and, in addition to the paper's assumptions, twice continuously differentiable on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), because the proof uses c′c'c′ and c′′c''c′′. The milestones use only differentiability where they need it. c′c'c′ is Mathlib's deriv c. The value c(0)c(0)c(0) is unconstrained; hsi(0)=−c(0)h^{si}(0)=-c(0)hsi(0)=−c(0).
  • λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 is a free parameter; μ\muμ, γ\gammaγ and Uˉ\bar UUˉ enter only through it.
  • Adding jjj with preference xxx is Function.update v j x on insert j S, with j∉Sj\notin Sj∈/S. Quasi-convexity is Mathlib's QuasiconvexOn ℝ (Set.Ici 0).
  • The following formalizations would trivialize or change the theorem and are ruled out: demand without the factor 1−H1-H1−H (that is Theorem 4); evaluating HHH at SSS instead of SjS_jSj​ inside πisi(vj)\pi_i^{si}(v_j)πisi​(vj​); convexity in place of quasi-convexity; a specific cost function such as νqβ\nu q^\betaνqβ or a linear cost.
  • The definitions (search-adjusted MNL demand, profit-change function) are reusable for the paper's other results. Proofs of the asserted lemmas (milestones 2, 3, 5) and of the corrected (8) are welcome independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, C. Terwiesch, Y. Xu, Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search, Wharton working paper, December 20, 2002. UPenn repository. Published version: Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 7(4), 2005, 330–346. doi:10.1287/msom.1050.0088
  • G. van Ryzin, S. Mahajan, On the Relationship Between Inventory Costs and Variety Benefits in Retail Assortments, Management Science 45(11), 1999, 1496–1509. doi:10.1287/mnsc.45.11.1496
  • D. McFadden, Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior, in P. Zarembka (ed.), Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, 1974, 105–142.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 4: In Finite-Horizon Problems with a Non-Stationary Policy Class Containing an Optimal Policy, Every Stationary Point Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods optimize a parameterized policy by gradient descent on its expected total cost. They are a staple of reinforcement learning and of simulation-based optimization in operations research, but the objective is nonconvex in the policy parameters, and the standard theory guarantees convergence only to a stationary point. J. Bhandari and D. Russo (arXiv:1906.01786v3, Operations Research, 2024, DOI 10.1287/opre.2021.0014) identify structural conditions under which every stationary point is globally optimal.

Their first result (Theorem 1) requires the policy class to be closed under policy improvement. That excludes many classes used in practice, where it is known only that some member of the class is optimal: base-stock policies in finite-horizon inventory control are the standard example (Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, 1995). For stationary policy classes, containing an optimal policy is not enough: the paper's Example 1 has a policy class that contains the optimal policy, and policy gradient still gets stuck in a bad local minimum. Theorem 3 shows that for finite-horizon problems with a non-stationary policy class (separate parameters for each period), containing an optimal policy suffices, together with a single-period regularity condition imposed only at the optimal cost-to-go. This mission formalizes Theorem 3.

Setting

A Markov decision process consists of a state space S\mathcal SS, nonempty feasible action sets As\mathcal A_sAs​, a bounded measurable cost g(s,a)g(s,a)g(s,a), a transition kernel P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a), a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and an initial distribution ρ\rhoρ. A policy is a measurable map π\piπ with π(s)∈As\pi(s)\in\mathcal A_sπ(s)∈As​; Π\PiΠ is the set of all of them. The cost-to-go is Jπ(s)=Esπ[∑t≥0γtg(st,π(st))]J_\pi(s)=\mathbb E^\pi_s[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t g(s_t,\pi(s_t))]Jπ​(s)=Esπ​[∑t≥0​γtg(st​,π(st​))], the loss is ℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ dρ\ell(\pi)=(1-\gamma)\int J_\pi\,d\rhoℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ​dρ, and the discounted state-occupancy measure is ηπ=(1−γ)∑t≥0γtPρπ(st∈⋅)\eta_\pi=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^tP^\pi_\rho(s_t\in\cdot)ηπ​=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtPρπ​(st​∈⋅). An optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ has Jπ∗≤JπJ_{\pi^*}\le J_\piJπ∗​≤Jπ​ pointwise for all π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π; J∗=Jπ∗J^*=J_{\pi^*}J∗=Jπ∗​. With the Bellman operator (TπJ)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫J(s′)P(ds′∣s,π(s))(T_\pi J)(s)=g(s,\pi(s))+\gamma\int J(s')P(ds'\mid s,\pi(s))(Tπ​J)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫J(s′)P(ds′∣s,π(s)), the weighted policy-iteration objective is

B(πˉ∣η,J)=∫(TπˉJ)(s) η(ds).\mathcal B(\bar\pi\mid\eta,J)=\int (T_{\bar\pi}J)(s)\,\eta(ds).B(πˉ∣η,J)=∫(Tπˉ​J)(s)η(ds).

A parameterized policy class is ΠΘ={πθ:θ∈Θ}\Pi_\Theta=\{\pi_\theta:\theta\in\Theta\}ΠΘ​={πθ​:θ∈Θ} for a convex Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd, and ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ)\ell(\theta)=\ell(\pi_\theta)ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ​). A point θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ is stationary for min⁡Θf\min_\Theta fminΘ​f if fff is differentiable at θ\thetaθ and ⟨∇f(θ),θ′−θ⟩≥0\langle\nabla f(\theta),\theta'-\theta\rangle\ge0⟨∇f(θ),θ′−θ⟩≥0 for all θ′∈Θ\theta'\in\Thetaθ′∈Θ.

The finite-horizon structure (Condition 3) embeds a time-inhomogeneous problem in this discounted formulation: the states split into stages S1,…,SH,SH+1\mathcal S_1,\dots,\mathcal S_H,\mathcal S_{H+1}S1​,…,SH​,SH+1​; from a state in Sh\mathcal S_hSh​, h≤Hh\le Hh≤H, every feasible action leads to Sh+1\mathcal S_{h+1}Sh+1​; and SH+1={τ}\mathcal S_{H+1}=\{\tau\}SH+1​={τ} is a costless absorbing state. The parameter is a concatenation θ=(θ1,…,θH)\theta=(\theta_1,\dots,\theta_H)θ=(θ1​,…,θH​), the parameter set is a product Θ=Θ1×⋯×ΘH\Theta=\Theta_1\times\cdots\times\Theta_HΘ=Θ1​×⋯×ΘH​, and on Sh\mathcal S_hSh​ the action πθ(s)\pi_\theta(s)πθ​(s) depends only on θh\theta_hθh​. The stage objectives are Bh(θˉh∣η,J)=∫Sh(TπθˉJ) dη\mathcal B_h(\bar\theta_h\mid\eta,J)=\int_{\mathcal S_h}(T_{\pi_{\bar\theta}}J)\,d\etaBh​(θˉh​∣η,J)=∫Sh​​(Tπθˉ​​J)dη.

Condition 4 asks that for every η∈{ηπ:π∈ΠΘ}\eta\in\{\eta_\pi:\pi\in\Pi_\Theta\}η∈{ηπ​:π∈ΠΘ​}, the problem min⁡θ∈ΘB(θ∣η,J∗)\min_{\theta\in\Theta}\mathcal B(\theta\mid\eta,J^*)minθ∈Θ​B(θ∣η,J∗) has no suboptimal stationary points. Assumption 3 asks that ηπ≪ρ\eta_\pi\ll\rhoηπ​≪ρ for every π∈ΠΘ\pi\in\Pi_\Thetaπ∈ΠΘ​. Condition 0 asks that the policy-iteration objective be continuously differentiable in the parameters.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 17)

Under Conditions 0, 3 and 4 and Assumption 3, if πθ∗\pi_{\theta^*}πθ∗​ is an optimal policy for some θ∗∈Θ\theta^*\in\Thetaθ∗∈Θ, then every stationary point θ\thetaθ of ℓ\ellℓ on Θ\ThetaΘ satisfies

ℓ(πθ)=ℓ(π∗).\ell(\pi_\theta)=\ell(\pi^*).ℓ(πθ​)=ℓ(π∗).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6 (policy gradient theorem): ∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉB(θˉ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)∣θˉ=θ\nabla\ell(\theta)=\nabla_{\bar\theta}\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})|_{\bar\theta=\theta}∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉ​B(θˉ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)∣θˉ=θ​.
  2. Lemma 17 (balance equation): ηπ(M)=∫[(1−γ)ρ(M)+γP(M∣s,π(s))] ηπ(ds)\eta_\pi(\mathcal M)=\int[(1-\gamma)\rho(\mathcal M)+\gamma P(\mathcal M\mid s,\pi(s))]\,\eta_\pi(ds)ηπ​(M)=∫[(1−γ)ρ(M)+γP(M∣s,π(s))]ηπ​(ds).
  3. The stage-wise balance equation: for M⊆Sh+1\mathcal M\subseteq\mathcal S_{h+1}M⊆Sh+1​, ηπ(M)=(1−γ)ρ(M)+γ∫ShP(M∣s,π(s)) ηπ(ds)\eta_\pi(\mathcal M)=(1-\gamma)\rho(\mathcal M)+\gamma\int_{\mathcal S_h}P(\mathcal M\mid s,\pi(s))\,\eta_\pi(ds)ηπ​(M)=(1−γ)ρ(M)+γ∫Sh​​P(M∣s,π(s))ηπ​(ds).
  4. Separability (30): θ\thetaθ minimizes B(⋅∣η,J)\mathcal B(\cdot\mid\eta,J)B(⋅∣η,J) over Θ\ThetaΘ iff each θh\theta_hθh​ minimizes Bh(⋅∣η,J)\mathcal B_h(\cdot\mid\eta,J)Bh​(⋅∣η,J) over Θh\Theta_hΘh​.
  5. Stage-wise stationarity (31): θ\thetaθ is stationary for ℓ\ellℓ iff each θh\theta_hθh​ is stationary for Bh(⋅∣ηπθ,Jπθ)\mathcal B_h(\cdot\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})Bh​(⋅∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​) on Θh\Theta_hΘh​.
  6. Lemma 1: π∈arg⁡min⁡Πℓ\pi\in\arg\min_{\Pi}\ellπ∈argminΠ​ℓ iff Jπ=J∗J_\pi=J^*Jπ​=J∗ ρ\rhoρ-almost surely.

Significance

Theorem 3 covers finite-horizon dynamic programs in which a structured class of time-varying policies is known to contain an optimal policy, but is not closed under policy improvement: the paper's Example 8, multi-period inventory control with base-stock policies, is the motivating case. Policy gradient on such a class has no suboptimal stationary points, so any method that finds a stationary point finds a globally optimal policy, optimal among all policies and not only within the class. Condition 4 involves only the Bellman objective of the optimal cost-to-go J∗J^*J∗, which often has regularity (for instance convexity) that the cost-to-go of an arbitrary policy lacks.

The result is proved in the paper. To our knowledge no part of it, nor the policy gradient theorem for deterministic policies on general state spaces, has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires a measure-theoretic treatment of occupancy measures, the stage-wise decomposition of the weighted policy-iteration objective, and the backward induction of App. D.2.

Difficulty

The obvious approach reasons stage by stage directly on ℓ\ellℓ, but ℓ\ellℓ couples the stages: changing θh\theta_hθh​ changes the distribution of states visited after stage hhh. The paper's argument instead passes through the policy gradient theorem, which turns stationarity of ℓ\ellℓ into stationarity of single-period problems weighted by the occupancy measure of the current policy. These single-period problems involve JπθJ_{\pi_\theta}Jπθ​​, while Condition 4 speaks about J∗J^*J∗; relating them requires a backward induction over stages in which almost-sure equality Jπθ=J∗J_{\pi_\theta}=J^*Jπθ​​=J∗ on stage h+1h+1h+1 is transported to stage hhh through the balance equation. This step needs the occupancy measures of all policies in the class, including policies other than πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​, to be equivalent to ρ\rhoρ, which is where Assumption 3 enters. The naive variant with a stationary policy class fails (Example 1).

Formalization scope

The state and action spaces are arbitrary measurable spaces (the paper takes Borel subsets of Euclidean spaces; no argument uses that structure). Cost and kernel are given on all state-action pairs; the cost is bounded. Policies are deterministic, stationary and measurable; parameters live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so gradients and norms are Euclidean. J∗J^*J∗ is never defined as an infimum: an optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is a hypothesis, with J∗=Jπ∗J^*=J_{\pi^*}J∗=Jπ∗​. Stages and sub-vectors are numbered from 111 by a measurable stage index and a block index on coordinates; the product structure of Θ\ThetaΘ is encoded as closure under exchanging one block.

Hypotheses beyond the printed sentence of Theorem 3, all disclosed in the item statements: Assumption 3 (announced on p. 17 as required, used in the proof); Condition 0 (needed for Lemma 6, which the proof invokes), in a joint form that the proof of Lemma 6 uses and that implies the printed partial-map form; the standing Assumptions 1 and 2 of §2; and, inside Condition 4, differentiability of θ↦B(θ∣η,J∗)\theta\mapsto\mathcal B(\theta\mid\eta,J^*)θ↦B(θ∣η,J∗) on Θ\ThetaΘ, the premise of Definition 1. The Bellman operators carry the factor γ\gammaγ omitted in the printed (3)–(4). The stage-wise balance equation is stated for h<Hh<Hh<H; the printed range h≤Hh\le Hh≤H fails at the absorbing state.

A formalization in which the goal assumes the stage-wise characterization (31), the balance equation, or Jπθ=J∗J_{\pi_\theta}=J^*Jπθ​​=J∗ on any stage is not Theorem 3; neither is one where "contains an optimal policy" means optimal only within ΠΘ\Pi_\ThetaΠΘ​. Stationarity includes differentiability, so a junk zero gradient never makes a point stationary.

Needed infrastructure: occupancy measures as series of iterated kernels and their balance equation, the cost-to-go as a bounded measurable function, the performance difference identity, the policy gradient theorem, and the decomposition of integrals over the stage partition. The occupancy-measure and policy gradient results are reusable for every mission of this series; contributions of these general lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari, D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, arXiv:1906.01786v3, 2022; Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.01786 , https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.0014
  • S. Kakade, J. Langford, Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning, ICML, 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • I. Osband, B. Van Roy, D. Russo, Z. Wen, Deep Exploration via Randomized Value Functions, JMLR 20, 2019. https://jmlr.org/papers/v20/18-339.html
  • D. Silver, G. Lever, N. Heess, T. Degris, D. Wierstra, M. Riedmiller, Deterministic Policy Gradient Algorithms, ICML, 2014. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v32/silver14.html
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Athena Scientific, 1995. https://www.athenasc.com/dpbook.html
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Vehicle Routing: The Edge of Optimization in Large-Scale Applications: With Fixed Pick-up Times, the Offline Taxi Routing MIO Formulation (5)-(14) Is IntegralResearch Paper

Motivation

Taxi fleets, ride-hailing services and dial-a-ride systems assign incoming customer requests to vehicles under time constraints. Bertsimas, Jaillet and Martin (Online Vehicle Routing: The Edge of Optimization in Large-Scale Applications, Operations Research 67(1), 2019) model the online taxi routing problem, a special case of the online dial-a-ride problem with time windows in which a vehicle serves one customer at a time. They show that mixed-integer optimization over a sparsified graph can dispatch thousands of New York City taxis in real time. The offline problem, in which all requests are known in advance, is the building block of their online algorithms, and its structure determines which offline methods are fast.

The structural fact this mission formalizes is the paper's Theorem 1. When every customer has a fixed pick-up time, the mixed-integer formulation of the offline problem is integral: its linear relaxation has only binary extreme points. So the problem is a linear program in disguise, which the paper uses for its maxflow heuristic.

The source is the authors' accepted manuscript (March 2018, 46 pages); every page and display number below refers to that manuscript, not to the typeset article.

Setting

Let C\mathcal CC be a finite set of customers and K\mathcal KK a finite set of taxis. Customer ccc has a pick-up time window [tcmin⁡,tcmax⁡][t^{\min}_c, t^{\max}_c][tcmin​,tcmax​], and taxi kkk becomes available at time tkinitt^{\mathrm{init}}_ktkinit​. For customers c′,cc', cc′,c, the number Tc′,cT_{c',c}Tc′,c​ is the travel time from serving c′c'c′ to picking up ccc, and Rc′,cR_{c',c}Rc′,c​ is the profit earned when ccc is served right after c′c'c′. The numbers Tk,cT_{k,c}Tk,c​ and Rk,cR_{k,c}Rk,c​ are the travel time and profit when ccc is the first customer of taxi kkk.

The graph G\mathcal GG has the customers and taxis as nodes. Between customers there is an arc c→c′c \to c'c→c′ exactly when

tcmin⁡+Tc,c′≤tc′max⁡.(1)t^{\min}_c + T_{c,c'} \le t^{\max}_{c'}. \qquad (1)tcmin​+Tc,c′​≤tc′max​.(1)

Taxi nodes have outgoing arcs only. Throughout the paper G\mathcal GG is assumed acyclic (§2.1, p. 7).

The mixed-integer formulation (5)–(14) (pp. 11–12) has binary variables xc′,cx_{c',c}xc′,c​ (customer ccc is picked up right after c′c'c′), yk,cy_{k,c}yk,c​ (ccc is the first customer of taxi kkk) and pcp_cpc​ (ccc is served), and continuous pick-up times tct_ctc​. It maximizes ∑k,cRk,cyk,c+∑c′,cRc′,cxc′,c\sum_{k,c} R_{k,c} y_{k,c} + \sum_{c',c} R_{c',c} x_{c',c}∑k,c​Rk,c​yk,c​+∑c′,c​Rc′,c​xc′,c​ subject to the flow constraints

pc=∑kyk,c+∑c′xc′,c,∑cxc′,c≤pc′,∑cyk,c≤1,(6)–(8)p_c = \sum_k y_{k,c} + \sum_{c'} x_{c',c}, \qquad \sum_c x_{c',c} \le p_{c'}, \qquad \sum_c y_{k,c} \le 1, \qquad (6)\text{–}(8)pc​=k∑​yk,c​+c′∑​xc′,c​,c∑​xc′,c​≤pc′​,c∑​yk,c​≤1,(6)–(8)

the binary constraints (9)–(11), and the time constraints

tcmin⁡≤tc≤tcmax⁡,(12)tc−tc′≥(tcmin⁡−tc′max⁡)+(Tc′,c−(tcmin⁡−tc′max⁡))xc′,c,(13)tc≥tcmin⁡+(tkinit+Tk,c−tcmin⁡) yk,c.(14)\begin{aligned} t^{\min}_c &\le t_c \le t^{\max}_c, &(12)\\ t_c - t_{c'} &\ge (t^{\min}_c - t^{\max}_{c'}) + \big(T_{c',c} - (t^{\min}_c - t^{\max}_{c'})\big) x_{c',c}, &(13)\\ t_c &\ge t^{\min}_c + (t^{\mathrm{init}}_k + T_{k,c} - t^{\min}_c)\, y_{k,c}. &(14) \end{aligned}tcmin​tc​−tc′​tc​​≤tc​≤tcmax​,≥(tcmin​−tc′max​)+(Tc′,c​−(tcmin​−tc′max​))xc′,c​,≥tcmin​+(tkinit​+Tk,c​−tcmin​)yk,c​.​(12)(13)(14)​

Constraints (13) and (14) are strengthened Big-M constraints: with xc′,c=1x_{c',c} = 1xc′,c​=1, (13) reads tc−tc′≥Tc′,ct_c - t_{c'} \ge T_{c',c}tc​−tc′​≥Tc′,c​.

The LP relaxation replaces (9)–(11) by 0≤x,y,p≤10 \le x, y, p \le 10≤x,y,p≤1. A formulation is integral when every extreme point of its LP relaxation has x,y,p∈{0,1}x, y, p \in \{0,1\}x,y,p∈{0,1}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 13)

If tcmin⁡=tcmax⁡=tc∗t^{\min}_c = t^{\max}_c = t^*_ctcmin​=tcmax​=tc∗​ for every customer ccc (and G\mathcal GG is acyclic, the standing assumption), then

every extreme point (x,y,p,t) of the LP relaxation of (5)–(14) satisfies xc′,c, yk,c, pc∈{0,1}.\text{every extreme point } (x,y,p,t) \text{ of the LP relaxation of (5)–(14) satisfies } x_{c',c},\, y_{k,c},\, p_c \in \{0,1\}.every extreme point (x,y,p,t) of the LP relaxation of (5)–(14) satisfies xc′,c​,yk,c​,pc​∈{0,1}.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 1 and the remark before it)

  1. Display (15), p. 13: with fixed windows, (12) gives t=t∗t = t^*t=t∗, and (13) becomes (Tc′,c−(tc∗−tc′∗))xc′,c≤0\big(T_{c',c} - (t^*_c - t^*_{c'})\big) x_{c',c} \le 0(Tc′,c​−(tc∗​−tc′∗​))xc′,c​≤0.
  2. p. 13: with fixed times the relaxation is exactly {t=t∗}\{t = t^*\}{t=t∗} times the relaxed flow system (6)–(11). In that system xc′,cx_{c',c}xc′,c​ is removed when Tc′,c>tc∗−tc′∗T_{c',c} > t^*_c - t^*_{c'}Tc′,c​>tc∗​−tc′∗​, and yk,cy_{k,c}yk,c​ is removed when tkinit+Tk,c>tc∗t^{\mathrm{init}}_k + T_{k,c} > t^*_ctkinit​+Tk,c​>tc∗​.
  3. pp. 12–13: the relaxed flow system (6)–(11), on any subset of arcs, has 0/10/10/1 extreme points.

Three further statements from the same pages are included as plain theorems. The first is the paragraph after Theorem 1: a solution with fixed times tc∗∈[tcmin⁡,tcmax⁡]t^*_c \in [t^{\min}_c, t^{\max}_c]tc∗​∈[tcmin​,tcmax​] is feasible for the formulation with windows. The other two are the conditions (3) and (4) of §2.1, which exclude 2-cycles and all cycles of G\mathcal GG.

Significance

Theorem 1 turns a mixed-integer program into a linear program when the time windows shrink to points. The fixed-time problem can then be solved by the simplex method or by a max-flow algorithm. By the paragraph after the theorem, any choice of times inside the windows then gives a feasible solution of the original problem. This is the maxflow heuristic, and the paper reports it to be near-optimal when windows are small. The theorem also locates the source of the integrality gap: the time constraints (12)–(14), not the flow structure.

The result is proved on the page, briefly. No machine-checked version exists. Formalizing it means making the page's "equivalent to a formulation in which variable xc′,cx_{c',c}xc′,c​ is removed" precise. The extreme points of the relaxation in (x,y,p,t)(x,y,p,t)(x,y,p,t)-space must correspond to those of a flow polytope in (x,y,p)(x,y,p)(x,y,p)-space. The integrality of that flow polytope must then be proved, which the page settles by appeal to max-flow.

Difficulty

The reduction to the flow system is elementary linear arithmetic. The substance is milestone 3. The system (6)–(8) is not literally in the standard form of a network-flow problem: it mixes an equation defining pcp_cpc​ with inequalities, has unit upper bounds, and allows arbitrary arc sets, including cycles and loops (c,c)(c,c)(c,c). Neither the integrality theorem for standard-form network flows nor total unimodularity can be applied without first exhibiting a network and checking that the polytope corresponds to its flow polytope. Mathlib has the definition of total unimodularity but not the Hoffman–Kruskal theorem.

The page's phrase "the formulations are equivalent" also hides a step: the goal speaks of extreme points in (x,y,p,t)(x,y,p,t)(x,y,p,t)-space, while the flow system lives in (x,y,p)(x,y,p)(x,y,p)-space, and the two notions of extreme point have to be related explicitly.

Formalization scope

  • Customers and taxis are arbitrary finite types; empty sets of customers or taxis are allowed, and the statements remain the paper's there.
  • A point (x,y,p,t)(x,y,p,t)(x,y,p,t) is an element of the real vector space (C×C→R)×(K×C→R)×(C→R)×(C→R)(\mathcal C \times \mathcal C \to \mathbb R) \times (\mathcal K \times \mathcal C \to \mathbb R) \times (\mathcal C \to \mathbb R) \times (\mathcal C \to \mathbb R)(C×C→R)×(K×C→R)×(C→R)×(C→R). Extreme points are Mathlib's Set.extremePoints ℝ.
  • All constraints are indexed by all pairs, the diagonal c′=cc' = cc′=c included, exactly as printed. The variables are not restricted to the arcs of G\mathcal GG.
  • No sign conditions are imposed on the data TTT, RRR, tinitt^{\mathrm{init}}tinit.
  • Fixed times are the hypothesis tcmin⁡=tcmax⁡t^{\min}_c = t^{\max}_ctcmin​=tcmax​ for all ccc. The acyclicity of G\mathcal GG is kept on the goal as the paper's standing assumption, although the conclusion does not need it; milestones and companions omit it, which makes them stronger.
  • Milestone 3 is stated for an arbitrary arc subset, which covers both the system (6)–(11) as printed and the system with variables removed that the proof uses.

Two trivializing readings are ruled out. "Integral" is the extreme-point property of the relaxation, not the existence of an integral optimum for a given objective, and not the integrality of the mixed-integer feasible set, which holds by definition. Integrality is never demanded of the continuous times ttt.

A complete development needs an integrality theorem for flow polytopes with integer bounds, which Mathlib does not have. Such a result is reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of general network-flow integrality lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, P. Jaillet, S. Martin, Online Vehicle Routing: The Edge of Optimization in Large-Scale Applications, Operations Research 67(1):143–162, 2019; authors' accepted manuscript, March 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2018.1763
  • A. J. Hoffman, J. B. Kruskal, Integral boundary points of convex polyhedra, in Linear Inequalities and Related Systems, Annals of Mathematics Studies 38, 1956. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400881987-013
  • J.-F. Cordeau, G. Laporte, The dial-a-ride problem: models and algorithms, Annals of Operations Research 153:29–46, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10479-007-0170-8
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 2: Under Closure, a (c, µ)-Gradient-Dominated Policy Iteration Objective Makes ℓ (κc/(1−γ), κµ/(1−γ))-Gradient DominatedResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods optimize a parameterized control policy by gradient descent on its long-run cost. They underlie much of modern reinforcement learning, from REINFORCE and actor-critic methods to trust-region and proximal policy optimization, and they are used in operations problems such as inventory control and optimal stopping. Their objective is almost never convex in the policy parameters, even in textbook problems, so the classical guarantees of first-order optimization do not explain why they reach good policies.

Bhandari and Russo (arXiv:1906.01786v3, Operations Research, 2024, doi:10.1287/opre.2021.0014) identify structural conditions under which this non-convex landscape is benign. Their Theorem 1 shows that, for a policy class closed under policy improvement, every stationary point is globally optimal. This mission formalizes their Theorem 2, the quantitative version: approximate stationarity implies approximate optimality, a gradient dominance (Polyak–Łojasiewicz-type) inequality that yields convergence rates.

Timeline. Polyak (1963) introduced the inequality min⁡f≥f(x)−c22μ∥∇f(x)∥2\min f \ge f(x) - \frac{c^2}{2\mu}\|\nabla f(x)\|^2minf≥f(x)−2μc2​∥∇f(x)∥2 for unconstrained problems. Kakade and Langford (2002) proved the performance difference lemma for finite Markov decision processes. Fazel, Ge, Kakade and Mesbahi (2018) established gradient dominance of policy gradient for linear-quadratic control, and Agarwal, Kakade, Lee and Mahajan (2021) for tabular policies with direct and softmax parameterizations. Bhandari and Russo (preprint 2019, journal 2024) give a single condition-based argument covering general state spaces and several of these examples.

Setting

A Markov decision process has a measurable state space S\mathcal SS, feasible action sets As\mathcal A_sAs​, a bounded expected cost g(s,a)g(s,a)g(s,a), a transition kernel P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a), a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and an initial distribution ρ\rhoρ. A stationary policy π\piπ maps states to feasible actions; Π\PiΠ is the set of measurable such policies. Its cost-to-go is Jπ(s)=Esπ[∑t≥0γtg(st,π(st))]J_\pi(s)=\mathbb E^\pi_s[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t g(s_t,\pi(s_t))]Jπ​(s)=Esπ​[∑t≥0​γtg(st​,π(st​))], its discounted state-occupancy measure is ηπ=(1−γ)∑t≥0γt Pρπ(st∈⋅)\eta_\pi=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\,\mathbb P^\pi_\rho(s_t\in\cdot)ηπ​=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtPρπ​(st​∈⋅), and its loss is ℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ dρ\ell(\pi)=(1-\gamma)\int J_\pi\,d\rhoℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ​dρ. An optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ has Jπ∗=J∗⪯JπJ_{\pi^*}=J^*\preceq J_\piJπ∗​=J∗⪯Jπ​ for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π.

The Bellman operator is (TπJ)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫J dP(⋅∣s,π(s))(T_\pi J)(s)=g(s,\pi(s))+\gamma\int J\,dP(\cdot\mid s,\pi(s))(Tπ​J)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫JdP(⋅∣s,π(s)) and TJ=min⁡a∈As[ ⋅ ]T J=\min_{a\in\mathcal A_s}[\,\cdot\,]TJ=mina∈As​​[⋅] is its optimality version. The weighted policy iteration objective is

B(πˉ∣η,J)=∫(TπˉJ) dη.\mathcal B(\bar\pi\mid\eta,J)=\int (T_{\bar\pi}J)\,d\eta .B(πˉ∣η,J)=∫(Tπˉ​J)dη.

A policy class is ΠΘ={πθ:θ∈Θ}\Pi_\Theta=\{\pi_\theta:\theta\in\Theta\}ΠΘ​={πθ​:θ∈Θ} with Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd convex, and the policy gradient objective is ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ)\ell(\theta)=\ell(\pi_\theta)ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ​). For π=πθ\pi=\pi_\thetaπ=πθ​, the map θˉ↦B(θˉ∣ηπ,Jπ)\bar\theta\mapsto\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi},J_{\pi})θˉ↦B(θˉ∣ηπ​,Jπ​) is the single-period problem that one step of policy iteration within the class would solve.

A function fff is (c,μ)(c,\mu)(c,μ)-gradient dominated over XXX (c>0c>0c>0, μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0) if for all x∈Xx\in Xx∈X

min⁡x′∈Xf(x′) ≥ f(x)+min⁡x′∈X[c ⟨∇f(x),x′−x⟩+μ2∥x−x′∥22].\min_{x'\in X}f(x')\ \ge\ f(x)+\min_{x'\in X}\Big[c\,\langle\nabla f(x),x'-x\rangle+\tfrac{\mu}{2}\|x-x'\|_2^2\Big].x′∈Xmin​f(x′) ≥ f(x)+x′∈Xmin​[c⟨∇f(x),x′−x⟩+2μ​∥x−x′∥22​].

The hypotheses are Condition 0 (differentiability of B\mathcal BB in the policy and occupancy arguments), Condition 1 (closure: for every π∈ΠΘ\pi\in\Pi_\Thetaπ∈ΠΘ​ some π+∈ΠΘ\pi^+\in\Pi_\Thetaπ+∈ΠΘ​ minimizes B(⋅∣ηπ,Jπ)\mathcal B(\cdot\mid\eta_\pi,J_\pi)B(⋅∣ηπ​,Jπ​) over all of Π\PiΠ) and Condition 2.B (each single-period objective is (c,μ)(c,\mu)(c,μ)-gradient dominated over Θ\ThetaΘ). The effective concentrability coefficient κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ is the smallest κ\kappaκ with ∥J−J∗∥1,ρ≤κ1−γ∥J−TJ∥1,ρ\|J-J^*\|_{1,\rho}\le\frac{\kappa}{1-\gamma}\|J-TJ\|_{1,\rho}∥J−J∗∥1,ρ​≤1−γκ​∥J−TJ∥1,ρ​ for all J=JπθJ=J_{\pi_\theta}J=Jπθ​​, θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 16)

If Conditions 0, 1 and 2.B hold and κρ<∞\kappa_\rho<\inftyκρ​<∞, then

ℓ is (κρ1−γ c, κρ1−γ μ)-gradient dominated over Θ.\ell\ \text{is}\ \Big(\frac{\kappa_\rho}{1-\gamma}\,c,\ \frac{\kappa_\rho}{1-\gamma}\,\mu\Big)\text{-gradient dominated over }\Theta .ℓ is (1−γκρ​​c, 1−γκρ​​μ)-gradient dominated over Θ.

It is stated for every κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 satisfying the concentrability inequality, which is the page's statement at κ=κρ\kappa=\kappa_\rhoκ=κρ​.

Milestones

  1. ηπ⪰(1−γ)ρ\eta_\pi\succeq(1-\gamma)\rhoηπ​⪰(1−γ)ρ (p. 7) and the element-wise inequalities TJ⪯TπJTJ\preceq T_\pi JTJ⪯Tπ​J, TJπ⪯JπTJ_\pi\preceq J_\piTJπ​⪯Jπ​, (5).
  2. The performance difference identity ℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[TπJπˉ−Jπˉ] dηπ\ell(\pi)-\ell(\bar\pi)=\int[T_\pi J_{\bar\pi}-J_{\bar\pi}]\,d\eta_\piℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[Tπ​Jπˉ​−Jπˉ​]dηπ​, (29).
  3. Lemma 6, the policy gradient theorem: ∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉB(θˉ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)∣θˉ=θ\nabla\ell(\theta)=\nabla_{\bar\theta}\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})|_{\bar\theta=\theta}∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉ​B(θˉ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)∣θˉ=θ​.
  4. The closure bound of the proof of Theorem 2:
ℓ(πθ)−ℓ(π∗)≤κρ1−γ(B(θ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)−min⁡θ′∈ΘB(θ′∣ηπθ,Jπθ)).\ell(\pi_\theta)-\ell(\pi^*)\le\frac{\kappa_\rho}{1-\gamma}\Big(\mathcal B(\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})-\min_{\theta'\in\Theta}\mathcal B(\theta'\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})\Big).ℓ(πθ​)−ℓ(π∗)≤1−γκρ​​(B(θ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)−θ′∈Θmin​B(θ′∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)).

Companions

The remark of §3 that differentiable μ\muμ-strongly convex functions are (1,μ)(1,\mu)(1,μ)-gradient dominated and convex ones (1,0)(1,0)(1,0)-gradient dominated, and Corollary 1: under Conditions 0 and 1, convexity (strong convexity) of every single-period objective makes ℓ\ellℓ gradient dominated of degree one (two).

Significance

Gradient dominance of degree two gives linear convergence of projected gradient methods, and degree one gives sublinear rates, so Theorem 2 converts structural knowledge about one-step policy improvement into iteration complexity for the multi-period problem. The constant κρ/(1−γ)\kappa_\rho/(1-\gamma)κρ​/(1−γ) makes explicit the dependence on the initial distribution: an exploratory ρ\rhoρ with small κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ is what the guarantee needs. The paper instantiates the conditions for tabular MDPs, linear-quadratic control, optimal stopping with threshold policies, and finite-horizon inventory control.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of it is machine-checked: Mathlib has convexity, strong convexity, gradients and Markov kernels but no discounted dynamic programming on general spaces, no occupancy measures and no policy gradient theorem. The formal development would supply the general-space performance difference identity and the policy gradient theorem, reusable for every other result of the paper and for related work on policy optimization.

Difficulty

The policy gradient objective ℓ(θ)\ell(\theta)ℓ(θ) is not convex, so the usual derivation of a Polyak–Łojasiewicz inequality from convexity is unavailable. Gradient dominance of the single-period objective B\mathcal BB does not transfer to ℓ\ellℓ by comparing the two functions: they differ by how a change of policy moves the state distribution, these terms do not vanish, and the minimum of B\mathcal BB over Θ\ThetaΘ is not the minimum of ℓ\ellℓ. The mismatch between ρ\rhoρ, ηπθ\eta_{\pi_\theta}ηπθ​​ and ηπ∗\eta_{\pi^*}ηπ∗​ is unavoidable, which is why a concentrability factor appears in the constants. On a general state space each identity also needs the right measurability and integrability (the measurable-selection assumption is what makes TJTJTJ measurable), and Condition 0 must be strong enough to justify a total-derivative expansion.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in PGLandscape.GradDom. S\mathcal SS and A\mathcal AA are arbitrary measurable spaces; the cost is bounded and measurable and, like the kernel, given on all of S×A\mathcal S\times\mathcal AS×A. Policies are measurable maps; the cost-to-go is a series of integrals against ttt-step kernels; ηπ\eta_\piηπ​ is a measure of total mass one. The parameter space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so ∇\nabla∇ is the Euclidean gradient and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm. J∗J^*J∗ is Jπ∗J_{\pi^*}Jπ∗​ for an optimal π∗\pi^*π∗ given as a hypothesis; no real infimum over policies is used.

Committed conventions and disclosed additions:

  • the page prints (3)–(4) without γ\gammaγ; the factor γ\gammaγ is restored, as in (6), (7) and every proof;
  • Condition 0 is the joint version the proof of Lemma 6 uses (C1C^1C1 in the pair of arguments near (θ,θ)(\theta,\theta)(θ,θ)); it implies the printed condition;
  • gradient dominance quantifies over lower bounds of the bracket instead of real minima, which need not be attained, and includes differentiability on XXX;
  • κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ enters as any κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 satisfying its defining inequality; Theorem 2 states c>0c>0c>0, μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 explicitly; Corollary 1 assumes κρ<∞\kappa_\rho<\inftyκρ​<∞ and one strong-convexity modulus for the whole class;
  • Assumptions 1 (ηπ∗≪ρ\eta_{\pi^*}\ll\rhoηπ∗​≪ρ) and 2 (measurable selection) are hypotheses of every result, as in the paper.

A formalization that assumes gradient dominance of ℓ\ellℓ, the closure bound, or a finite state space would not be this theorem; the goal assumes only Conditions 0, 1, 2.B and concentrability.

Contributions welcome: Markov-chain lemmas for iterKernel (summability, measurability, the fixed-point equation TπJπ=JπT_\pi J_\pi=J_\piTπ​Jπ​=Jπ​), the general-space performance difference identity, and proofs of any milestone.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari and D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, Operations Research, 2024. arXiv:1906.01786v3, doi:10.1287/opre.2021.0014
  • B. T. Polyak, Gradient methods for minimizing functionals, Zh. Vychisl. Mat. Mat. Fiz., 1963. doi:10.1016/0041-5553(63)90382-3
  • S. Kakade and J. Langford, Approximately optimal approximate reinforcement learning, ICML, 2002. ACM DL
  • M. Fazel, R. Ge, S. Kakade and M. Mesbahi, Global convergence of policy gradient methods for the linear quadratic regulator, ICML, 2018. arXiv:1801.05039
  • A. Agarwal, S. Kakade, J. Lee and G. Mahajan, On the theory of policy gradient methods: optimality, approximation, and distribution shift, JMLR, 2021. arXiv:1908.00261
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 3: Under Closure up to Inherent Bellman Error ε, Every Stationary Point Is Within κε/(1−γ) of OptimalResearch Paper

Why approximate closure matters

Policy gradient methods search for a policy by changing a finite vector of parameters. The method can reach a stationary point of its objective without finding an optimal policy: a small change in the available parameters might not represent the policy improvement that the underlying control problem calls for. Bhandari and Russo identify a condition on the policy class that limits this obstruction. Their exact-closure result rules out suboptimal stationary points; their approximate-closure result measures the residual cost when the class can represent policy improvements only approximately. This mission formalizes the latter statement, Theorem 5 of Bhandari and Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, using the arXiv v3 text and numbering.

The result concerns the optimization landscape rather than a particular gradient algorithm or convergence rate. It applies to structured policy classes in discounted control problems, including settings with general state spaces. The paper also discusses state aggregation as a source of small approximation error in Lemma 15; that example motivates the error condition, while the target here is the general guarantee of Theorem 5. The error is measured in the states visited by each current policy, so the condition describes what the restricted class can do where improvement affects that policy's performance.

The discounted control setting

A Markov decision process has a measurable state space SSS, a measurable action space AAA, and a nonempty feasible action set AsA_sAs​ at each state sss. Choosing a∈Asa\in A_sa∈As​ incurs a bounded cost g(s,a)g(s,a)g(s,a) and changes the state according to a probability kernel P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a). A discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) reduces future costs, and an initial probability measure ρ\rhoρ specifies where evaluation begins. A stationary policy is a measurable choice π(s)∈As\pi(s)\in A_sπ(s)∈As​.

The cost-to-go Jπ(s)J_\pi(s)Jπ​(s) is the expected sum of discounted costs when starting at sss and following π\piπ. The discounted occupancy measure ηπ\eta_\piηπ​ is the normalized, discounted distribution of visited states when the initial state has law ρ\rhoρ. The policy's objective is ℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ dρ\ell(\pi)=(1-\gamma)\int J_\pi\,d\rhoℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ​dρ. The factor 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ puts ℓ\ellℓ on the scale of a per-period cost. An optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ minimizes cost-to-go at every state. Section 2, pp. 5–8 supplies these objects and Assumptions 1 and 2: absolute continuity of ηπ∗\eta_{\pi^*}ηπ∗​ with respect to ρ\rhoρ, and measurable selection of a Bellman-minimizing action for bounded measurable value functions.

A parameter θ\thetaθ belongs to a convex set Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd and determines a feasible policy πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​. The policy gradient objective is ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ)\ell(\theta)=\ell(\pi_\theta)ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ​). A stationary point is a feasible parameter with ⟨θ′−θ,∇ℓ(θ)⟩≥0\langle\theta'-\theta,\nabla\ell(\theta)\rangle\ge0⟨θ′−θ,∇ℓ(θ)⟩≥0 for every θ′∈Θ\theta'\in\Thetaθ′∈Θ. The Bellman optimality operator TTT selects the smallest one-step cost plus discounted future value among feasible actions. The weighted policy improvement objective B(θˉ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})B(θˉ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​) evaluates the one-step Bellman update from a candidate policy πθˉ\pi_{\bar\theta}πθˉ​, averaged under the current policy's occupancy measure. Section 5.1, pp. 12–14 introduces its smoothness and stationary-point conditions.

Formalization targets

The target is Theorem 5, p. 26. Condition 5 says the restricted class has inherent Bellman error ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0: for each current policy in the class, a class member gets within ε\varepsilonε of the best one-step weighted Bellman objective over all feasible policies. Condition 2.A says stationary points of that weighted one-step objective are global minima over Θ\ThetaΘ. Condition 0 supplies differentiability. For a nonnegative coefficient κ\kappaκ satisfying the effective concentrability inequality (13), the goal is continuous differentiability of ℓ\ellℓ and, at every stationary point,

ℓ(πθ)−ℓ(π∗)≤κ1−γ ε.\ell(\pi_\theta)-\ell(\pi^*)\le\frac{\kappa}{1-\gamma}\,\varepsilon.ℓ(πθ​)−ℓ(π∗)≤1−γκ​ε.

The paper defines κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ as the least coefficient satisfying (13). The Lean statement quantifies over an admissible κ\kappaκ; its conclusion therefore includes the bound at κρ\kappa_\rhoκρ​ when that coefficient is finite. The milestone list follows the paper's supporting statements: occupancy domination after (2), Bellman inequalities (5), the performance difference identity (29), the policy gradient formula in Lemma 6, the stationary policy-improvement identity in Lemma 7, and the Bellman-error bound displayed in the proof of Theorem 5.

What the result establishes

The bound turns a property of the policy class into a quantitative guarantee about every stationary parameter. If ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0 and a finite concentrability bound applies, the stated cost gap is zero. For positive error, it separates the approximation error from the factor κ/(1−γ)\kappa/(1-\gamma)κ/(1−γ) that reflects evaluation under the exploratory start distribution and the effective planning horizon. Thus a small gradient alone is not the claim; the structural conditions on the one-step objective and the policy class determine what stationarity means for long-run cost. Theorem 5 and its discussion, §8 make this interpretation explicit.

The paper proves Theorem 5. The declarations in this mission currently compile as open theorem statements; they are not machine-checked proofs. A complete development would formalize the links among discounted kernels, occupancy integrals, Bellman operators, and gradients on the parameter space. The general measurable-state MDP definitions would be reusable for other discounted control results, while the stationary-point and approximate-closure predicates provide a vocabulary for further policy-gradient theorems.

Where the difficulty lies

A stationary point of ℓ\ellℓ need not be a minimum of the one-step Bellman objective by definition. Condition 0 and Lemma 6 connect their gradients, and Condition 2.A then links stationary points to minima of the restricted one-step objective. Approximate closure only compares that restricted minimum with the unrestricted one up to ε\varepsilonε. The final result also requires moving an error measured under ηπθ\eta_{\pi_\theta}ηπθ​​ to one under ρ\rhoρ and relating Bellman residual to the optimality gap. Each comparison has a distinct measure or operator, and losing a discount factor changes the constant in the theorem.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses arbitrary measurable spaces for SSS and AAA and measurable stationary policies, extending the paper's Borel-subset setting. The cost and kernel are defined on all S×AS\times AS×A and are uniformly bounded there; feasibility still restricts every policy and Bellman minimization to AsA_sAs​. These extensions let Condition 0 evaluate nearby parameter values even when their policies need not be feasible. The representation uses Mathlib kernels, measures, Bochner integrals, and Euclidean parameter vectors. It fixes 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1, a probability initial distribution, nonempty feasible action sets, an optimal policy, and the paper's Assumptions 1 and 2. The goal carries a nonnegative concentrability coefficient and Conditions 0, 2.A, and 5; it does not assume exact closure or the Bellman-error conclusion it is meant to establish.

Two corrections to the printed assumptions are explicit. The Bellman operators contain γ\gammaγ, consistently with equations (6) and (7), although displays (3) and (4) omit it. Condition 0 asks for joint continuous differentiability near the current parameter pair, the form used by the proof of Lemma 6; the printed condition lists two partial maps. The theorem's κ\kappaκ is constrained to be nonnegative to represent the paper's effective concentrability coefficient. Definitions use pointwise optimality rather than a real-valued infimum over policies, and Bellman minimization uses the nonempty feasible-action subtype. These choices prevent default values of ill-bounded infima or non-integrable functions from turning the target into an empty claim. The needed contributions are proofs of the six milestones and the final bound, plus supporting measurable-kernel and gradient facts.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari and D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, Operations Research 72 (2024); preprint arXiv:1906.01786v3 (2022), arXiv, DOI.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 1: If the Policy Class Is Closed Under Policy Improvement, Every Stationary Point of the Policy Gradient Objective Is Globally OptimalResearch Paper

Why the landscape of policy gradient matters

Policy gradient methods optimize a parameterized policy for a Markov decision process by running gradient descent on its expected cost. They underlie most large-scale reinforcement learning, from robotics to game playing, and are also natural in operations research, where structured policy classes (linear feedback, base-stock levels, thresholds) are standard. The objective, however, is almost never convex in the parameters, and classical theory only promises convergence to stationary points. Whether such methods find optimal policies therefore depends on the landscape: whether stationary points can be suboptimal.

J. Bhandari and D. Russo (arXiv:1906.01786v3, published in Operations Research, 2024, DOI 10.1287/opre.2021.0014) identify structural conditions under which the answer is no, connecting policy gradient to classical policy iteration. Fazel et al. (2018) established a landscape result for linear-quadratic control; Kakade and Langford (2002) developed a performance-difference identity for conservative policy iteration on finite MDPs. Bhandari and Russo's Theorem 1 gives a general sufficient condition on a general state space; Agarwal et al. (2021) developed the tabular case in detail.

Setting

A Markov decision process is a tuple (S,(As)s∈S,g,P,γ,ρ)(\mathcal S,(\mathcal A_s)_{s\in\mathcal S},g,P,\gamma,\rho)(S,(As​)s∈S​,g,P,γ,ρ): a measurable state space S\mathcal SS, nonempty feasible action sets As⊆A\mathcal A_s\subseteq\mathcal AAs​⊆A, a bounded measurable cost g(s,a)g(s,a)g(s,a), a transition kernel P(⋅∣s,a)P(\cdot\mid s,a)P(⋅∣s,a), a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and an initial probability distribution ρ\rhoρ. A policy is a measurable map π:S→A\pi:\mathcal S\to\mathcal Aπ:S→A; it is feasible, π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π, if π(s)∈As\pi(s)\in\mathcal A_sπ(s)∈As​ for every sss.

For a policy π\piπ, the cost-to-go Jπ(s)J_\pi(s)Jπ​(s) is the expected discounted sum of costs started from sss. The discounted average cost is ℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ dρ\ell(\pi) = (1-\gamma)\int J_\pi\,d\rhoℓ(π)=(1−γ)∫Jπ​dρ, and the discounted state-occupancy measure is ηπ=(1−γ)∑t≥0γtPρπ(st∈⋅)\eta_\pi = (1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t P^\pi_\rho(s_t\in\cdot)ηπ​=(1−γ)∑t≥0​γtPρπ​(st​∈⋅). The Bellman operators are

(TπJ)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ ⁣∫ ⁣J dP(⋅∣s,π(s)),(TJ)(s)=min⁡a∈As[g(s,a)+γ ⁣∫ ⁣J dP(⋅∣s,a)].(T_\pi J)(s) = g(s,\pi(s))+\gamma\!\int\! J\,dP(\cdot\mid s,\pi(s)),\qquad (TJ)(s) = \min_{a\in\mathcal A_s}\Big[g(s,a)+\gamma\!\int\! J\,dP(\cdot\mid s,a)\Big].(Tπ​J)(s)=g(s,π(s))+γ∫JdP(⋅∣s,π(s)),(TJ)(s)=a∈As​min​[g(s,a)+γ∫JdP(⋅∣s,a)].

An optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ satisfies Jπ∗≤JπJ_{\pi^*}\le J_\piJπ∗​≤Jπ​ pointwise for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π. Two standing assumptions hold throughout: Assumption 1, ηπ∗≪ρ\eta_{\pi^*}\ll\rhoηπ∗​≪ρ (the initial distribution is exploratory), and Assumption 2, measurable selection of a minimizing action in TTT.

A parameterized policy class is ΠΘ={πθ:θ∈Θ}⊆Π\Pi_\Theta = \{\pi_\theta:\theta\in\Theta\}\subseteq\PiΠΘ​={πθ​:θ∈Θ}⊆Π with Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd convex, and ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ)\ell(\theta) = \ell(\pi_\theta)ℓ(θ)=ℓ(πθ​) is the policy gradient objective. A point θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ is stationary if ⟨θ′−θ,∇ℓ(θ)⟩≥0\langle\theta'-\theta,\nabla\ell(\theta)\rangle\ge0⟨θ′−θ,∇ℓ(θ)⟩≥0 for all θ′∈Θ\theta'\in\Thetaθ′∈Θ. The weighted policy-iteration objective is

B(θˉ∣η,J)=∫(TπθˉJ) dη,\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta,J) = \int (T_{\pi_{\bar\theta}}J)\,d\eta ,B(θˉ∣η,J)=∫(Tπθˉ​​J)dη,

the cost of following πθˉ\pi_{\bar\theta}πθˉ​ for one period and then incurring JJJ, averaged over η\etaη.

The three conditions of the main theorem are:

  • Condition 0 (differentiability): the policy parameter and the parameter that generates the occupancy measure vary jointly, with the resulting B\mathcal BB continuously differentiable near each (θ,θ)(\theta,\theta)(θ,θ);
  • Condition 1 (closure under policy improvement): for each π∈ΠΘ\pi\in\Pi_\Thetaπ∈ΠΘ​ some π+∈ΠΘ\pi^+\in\Pi_\Thetaπ+∈ΠΘ​ attains min⁡π′∈ΠB(π′∣ηπ,Jπ)\min_{\pi'\in\Pi}\mathcal B(\pi'\mid\eta_\pi,J_\pi)minπ′∈Π​B(π′∣ηπ​,Jπ​);
  • Condition 2.A: for each π∈ΠΘ\pi\in\Pi_\Thetaπ∈ΠΘ​, θˉ↦B(θˉ∣ηπ,Jπ)\bar\theta\mapsto\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_\pi,J_\pi)θˉ↦B(θˉ∣ηπ​,Jπ​) has no suboptimal stationary points on Θ\ThetaΘ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 14)

Under Conditions 0, 1 and 2.A, ℓ\ellℓ is continuously differentiable, and for every θ∈Θ\theta\in\Thetaθ∈Θ

θ is a stationary point of ℓ⟺ℓ(πθ)=ℓ(π∗).\theta\ \text{is a stationary point of }\ell\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad \ell(\pi_\theta) = \ell(\pi^*).θ is a stationary point of ℓ⟺ℓ(πθ​)=ℓ(π∗).

The right side compares with the optimum over all feasible policies, not only the class.

Milestones

  1. ηπ⪰(1−γ)ρ\eta_\pi\succeq(1-\gamma)\rhoηπ​⪰(1−γ)ρ (p. 7) and the element-wise inequalities (5), TJ⪯TπJTJ\preceq T_\pi JTJ⪯Tπ​J and TJπ⪯JπTJ_\pi\preceq J_\piTJπ​⪯Jπ​ (p. 7).
  2. The performance difference identity (29), ℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[TπJπˉ−Jπˉ] dηπ\ell(\pi)-\ell(\bar\pi) = \int[T_\pi J_{\bar\pi}-J_{\bar\pi}]\,d\eta_\piℓ(π)−ℓ(πˉ)=∫[Tπ​Jπˉ​−Jπˉ​]dηπ​ (p. 39).
  3. Lemma 6, the policy gradient theorem: ∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉB(θˉ∣ηπθ,Jπθ)∣θˉ=θ\nabla\ell(\theta) = \nabla_{\bar\theta}\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_\theta},J_{\pi_\theta})|_{\bar\theta=\theta}∇ℓ(θ)=∇θˉ​B(θˉ∣ηπθ​​,Jπθ​​)∣θˉ=θ​ (p. 13).
  4. Lemma 7: at a stationary point, ∫Jπθ dηπθ=min⁡π∈ΠΘ∫(TπJπθ) dηπθ\int J_{\pi_\theta}\,d\eta_{\pi_\theta} = \min_{\pi\in\Pi_\Theta}\int(T_\pi J_{\pi_\theta})\,d\eta_{\pi_\theta}∫Jπθ​​dηπθ​​=minπ∈ΠΘ​​∫(Tπ​Jπθ​​)dηπθ​​ (p. 14).
  5. Lemma 8, the on-average Bellman equation: ℓ(π)=ℓ(π∗)  ⟺  ∫(Jπ−TJπ) dρ=0\ell(\pi) = \ell(\pi^*)\iff\int(J_\pi-TJ_\pi)\,d\rho = 0ℓ(π)=ℓ(π∗)⟺∫(Jπ​−TJπ​)dρ=0 (p. 15).

Significance

Theorem 1 converts a question about a nonconvex, multi-period objective into checks on single-period problems. Any algorithm that provably reaches stationary points (projected gradient descent, for instance) then reaches globally optimal policies whenever the policy class is closed under improvement and the one-step problems are benign. The paper verifies the conditions for LQ control, finite MDPs with softmax policies, optimal stopping with threshold policies and inventory control with base-stock policies; the quantitative refinements (gradient dominance, approximate closure, finite horizons) are the subject of the later missions of this series.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in it has been machine-checked. A formalization would produce a measure-theoretic library for discounted MDPs on general spaces (cost-to-go via kernels, occupancy measures, Bellman operators, the performance difference identity) that is reusable well beyond this paper, and would pin down the exact differentiability hypothesis the argument needs.

Difficulty

The obvious route, differentiating ℓ(θ)=(1−γ)∫Jπθ dρ\ell(\theta) = (1-\gamma)\int J_{\pi_\theta}\,d\rhoℓ(θ)=(1−γ)∫Jπθ​​dρ directly, requires differentiating an infinite discounted sum of ttt-step kernels in the parameter, and on a general state space that derivative is not available without regularity of the transition law. The performance difference identity demands an exchange of an infinite series with integrals against composed kernels, and measurability of every object involved, including TJπTJ_\piTJπ​, which is measurable only through the selection assumption. The stationary-implies-optimal direction must pass from an inequality weighted by ηπθ\eta_{\pi_\theta}ηπθ​​ to one weighted by ρ\rhoρ, and then to ηπ∗\eta_{\pi^*}ηπ∗​, where Assumption 1 enters.

Formalization scope

S\mathcal SS and A\mathcal AA are arbitrary measurable spaces; the paper takes Borel subsets of Euclidean spaces, a structure no argument uses. The cost ggg is bounded and, with the kernel PPP, defined on all of S×A\mathcal S\times\mathcal AS×A: Condition 0 differentiates at parameters near Θ\ThetaΘ, where πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​ need not be feasible. Policies are deterministic, stationary and measurable; randomized policies are covered by taking actions to be probability vectors. Θ⊆Rd\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dΘ⊆Rd is the Euclidean space, gradients are Euclidean, and Θ\ThetaΘ is convex (not assumed closed).

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • a stationary point includes differentiability of the function at that point;
  • J∗J^*J∗ is never an infimum over policies: an optimal policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is a hypothesis, and J∗=Jπ∗J^* = J_{\pi^*}J∗=Jπ∗​;
  • TTT is an infimum over As\mathcal A_sAs​, equal to the minimum on bounded functions;
  • the Bellman operators carry the factor γ\gammaγ, which the printed (3)–(4) omit but every other display and proof uses;
  • Condition 0 is the joint form: (θˉ,θ′)↦B(θˉ∣ηπθ′,Jπθ)(\bar\theta,\theta')\mapsto\mathcal B(\bar\theta\mid\eta_{\pi_{\theta'}},J_{\pi_\theta})(θˉ,θ′)↦B(θˉ∣ηπθ′​​,Jπθ​​) is C1C^1C1 near (θ,θ)(\theta,\theta)(θ,θ). The printed condition asks only for its two partial maps; the paper's proof of Lemma 6 expands a total derivative into partials, which needs the joint form, and the joint form implies the printed one;
  • Assumptions 1 and 2 are hypotheses of the goal (standing assumptions of §2);
  • Lemma 7 also carries Condition 0, which its proof uses through Lemma 6.

The goal does not assume that ΠΘ\Pi_\ThetaΠΘ​ contains π∗\pi^*π∗, the equation of Lemma 7 or the conclusion of Lemma 8; a formalization that takes any of these as a hypothesis trivializes the theorem.

A complete development needs the composition of kernels, interchange of series and integrals for bounded functions, the fixed-point identity TπJπ=JπT_\pi J_\pi = J_\piTπ​Jπ​=Jπ​, the performance difference identity, the first-order optimality condition on a convex set, and the chain rule for a jointly C1C^1C1 function along the diagonal. The MDP layer, the identity (29) and the element-wise inequalities are reused by the other missions of the series. Proofs of the milestones, and proofs of the identity (29) in isolation, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari, D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, Operations Research, 2024 (arXiv:1906.01786v3, 2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.01786, https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2021.0014
  • S. Kakade, J. Langford, Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning, ICML, 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • M. Fazel, R. Ge, S. Kakade, M. Mesbahi, Global Convergence of Policy Gradient Methods for the Linear Quadratic Regulator, ICML, 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1801.05039
  • A. Agarwal, S. Kakade, J. Lee, G. Mahajan, On the Theory of Policy Gradient Methods: Optimality, Approximation, and Distribution Shift, JMLR, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.00261
  • O. Hernández-Lerma, J. B. Lasserre, Discrete-Time Markov Control Processes, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0729-0
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods 6: In the KL-Regularized Finite MDP, a Regularized-Optimal Policy Is Within λ(1 + log(1 + c/λ)) of OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

Policy gradient methods for Markov decision processes are frequently run on a regularized objective rather than on the cost of interest: a convex penalty on the action distribution is added to every single-period cost. Regularization smooths the problem, makes optimal policies strictly stochastic, and keeps iterates away from the boundary of the probability simplex, where gradients of common parameterizations vanish. Entropy and relative-entropy penalties are standard in this role; a unified treatment of regularized MDPs is given by Geist, Scherrer and Pietquin (2019), and Agarwal, Kakade, Lee and Mahajan (2021) analyse policy gradient with a log-barrier penalty added to the softmax objective.

Regularization changes the problem being solved. Anyone who uses it needs a quantitative answer to one question: how suboptimal, for the original costs, is a policy that is exactly optimal for the regularized costs? Bhandari and Russo (arXiv:1906.01786v3), whose main results establish that policy gradient objectives have no suboptimal stationary points under a closure condition, answer this question for a relative-entropy regularizer in finite MDPs (their Lemma 10). Bounds of this type for the negative-entropy regularizer are in Geist et al.; as Bhandari and Russo note (p. 20), those bounds do not apply to the unbounded log-barrier regularizer used here.

Setting

The state space S={1,…,n}\mathcal S=\{1,\dots,n\}S={1,…,n} is finite. There are kkk deterministic actions e1,…,eke_1,\dots,e_ke1​,…,ek​, and an action is a probability vector a∈Δk−1a\in\Delta_{k-1}a∈Δk−1​. A policy π\piπ chooses π(s)=(π(1∣s),…,π(k∣s))∈Δk−1\pi(s)=(\pi(1|s),\dots,\pi(k|s))\in\Delta_{k-1}π(s)=(π(1∣s),…,π(k∣s))∈Δk−1​ at each state; Π\PiΠ is the set of all such policies. Transitions are linear in the action,

P(s′∣s,a)=∑i=1kP(s′∣s,ei) ai,P(s'|s,a)=\sum_{i=1}^kP(s'|s,e_i)\,a_i ,P(s′∣s,a)=i=1∑k​P(s′∣s,ei​)ai​,

where each P(⋅∣s,ei)P(\cdot|s,e_i)P(⋅∣s,ei​) is a probability vector. Each state has a nonnegative cost vector gs∈R+kg_s\in\mathbb R^k_+gs​∈R+k​. For λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, the regularized cost is

gλ(s,a)=gs⊤a+λ DKL(U∥a),DKL(U∥a)=∑i=1k1klog⁡1/kai,g_\lambda(s,a)=g_s^\top a+\lambda\,D_{\mathrm{KL}}(U\|a),\qquad D_{\mathrm{KL}}(U\|a)=\sum_{i=1}^k\frac1k\log\frac{1/k}{a_i},gλ​(s,a)=gs⊤​a+λDKL​(U∥a),DKL​(U∥a)=i=1∑k​k1​logai​1/k​,

where UUU is the uniform distribution. The divergence is +∞+\infty+∞ unless every ai>0a_i>0ai​>0, so gλg_\lambdagλ​ takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

Given a discount factor γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and an initial distribution ρ\rhoρ, the discounted average cost of a policy is

ℓλ(π)=(1−γ)∑sρ(s) Jλ,π(s),Jλ,π(s)=Esπ[∑t≥0γtgλ(st,π(st))].\ell_\lambda(\pi)=(1-\gamma)\sum_{s}\rho(s)\,J_{\lambda,\pi}(s),\qquad J_{\lambda,\pi}(s)=\mathbb E^\pi_s\Big[\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^tg_\lambda(s_t,\pi(s_t))\Big].ℓλ​(π)=(1−γ)s∑​ρ(s)Jλ,π​(s),Jλ,π​(s)=Esπ​[t≥0∑​γtgλ​(st​,π(st​))].

ℓ0\ell_0ℓ0​ is the unregularized cost. The discounted occupancy of π\piπ is ηπ(s′)=(1−γ)∑sρ(s)∑t≥0γtPr⁡π(st=s′∣s0=s)\eta_\pi(s')=(1-\gamma)\sum_s\rho(s)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\Pr^\pi(s_t=s'\mid s_0=s)ηπ​(s′)=(1−γ)∑s​ρ(s)∑t≥0​γtPrπ(st​=s′∣s0​=s). J0∗J^*_0J0∗​ and Q0∗Q^*_0Q0∗​ denote the optimal cost-to-go and state-action cost-to-go of the unregularized problem. The constant of the result is

c=2max⁡s,i∣gs,i∣1−γ.c=\frac{2\max_{s,i}|g_{s,i}|}{1-\gamma}.c=1−γ2maxs,i​∣gs,i​∣​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 10 (impact of regularization)

If πλ∗∈arg⁡min⁡π∈Πℓλ(π)\pi^*_\lambda\in\arg\min_{\pi\in\Pi}\ell_\lambda(\pi)πλ∗​∈argminπ∈Π​ℓλ​(π) with λ≥0\lambda\ge0λ≥0, then

ℓ0(πλ∗)≤min⁡π∈Πℓ0(π)+λ(1+log⁡(1+cλ)).\ell_0(\pi^*_\lambda)\le\min_{\pi\in\Pi}\ell_0(\pi)+\lambda\Big(1+\log\Big(1+\frac c\lambda\Big)\Big).ℓ0​(πλ∗​)≤π∈Πmin​ℓ0​(π)+λ(1+log(1+λc​)).

Milestones (the steps of the proof in Appendix E.2)

  1. Cost decomposition (34): ℓλ(π)=∑sηπ(s)gλ(s,π(s))=ℓ0(π)+λ∑sηπ(s)D(U∥π(s))\ell_\lambda(\pi)=\sum_s\eta_\pi(s)g_\lambda(s,\pi(s))=\ell_0(\pi)+\lambda\sum_s\eta_\pi(s)D(U\|\pi(s))ℓλ​(π)=∑s​ηπ​(s)gλ​(s,π(s))=ℓ0​(π)+λ∑s​ηπ​(s)D(U∥π(s)) for every π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π.
  2. One-step bound (37): for a policy πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ that, at every state, minimizes a↦∑iQ0∗(s,ei)ai+λD(U∥a)a\mapsto\sum_iQ^*_0(s,e_i)a_i+\lambda D(U\|a)a↦∑i​Q0∗​(s,ei​)ai​+λD(U∥a) over the simplex (construction (36)),
∑iQ0∗(s,ei)πλ(i∣s)≤min⁡a∈Δk−1∑iQ0∗(s,ei)ai+λ,T0πλJ0∗≤J0∗+λe.\sum_iQ^*_0(s,e_i)\pi_\lambda(i|s)\le\min_{a\in\Delta_{k-1}}\sum_iQ^*_0(s,e_i)a_i+\lambda,\qquad T^{\pi_\lambda}_0J^*_0\le J^*_0+\lambda e.i∑​Q0∗​(s,ei​)πλ​(i∣s)≤a∈Δk−1​min​i∑​Q0∗​(s,ei​)ai​+λ,T0πλ​​J0∗​≤J0∗​+λe.
  1. Suboptimality of πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ (35): ℓ0(πλ)≤min⁡π∈Πℓ0(π)+λ\ell_0(\pi_\lambda)\le\min_{\pi\in\Pi}\ell_0(\pi)+\lambdaℓ0​(πλ​)≤minπ∈Π​ℓ0​(π)+λ.
  2. Divergence bound (Step 3): λ D(U∥πλ(s))≤λlog⁡(1+c/λ)\lambda\,D(U\|\pi_\lambda(s))\le\lambda\log(1+c/\lambda)λD(U∥πλ​(s))≤λlog(1+c/λ) for every state sss.

Significance

The result. Lemma 10 says that the price of regularization is of order λlog⁡(1/λ)\lambda\log(1/\lambda)λlog(1/λ) as λ↓0\lambda\downarrow0λ↓0, with an explicit constant depending only on the cost scale and the effective horizon 1/(1−γ)1/(1-\gamma)1/(1−γ). Together with the paper's landscape results (Example 4 shows the regularized policy-iteration objective is strongly convex and the policy class is closed under policy improvement, so the regularized objective is gradient dominated), it turns convergence of first-order methods on the regularized problem into near-optimality for the original problem, and it gives a principled rule for choosing λ\lambdaλ as a function of the target accuracy. The bound holds for the log-barrier (relative entropy from the uniform distribution) regularizer, which is unbounded on the simplex, a case the negative-entropy analyses do not cover.

Formalizing it. The result and its proof are published (arXiv:1906.01786v3; Operations Research, 2024). No machine-checked proof of Lemma 10 or of its steps is known. The mission produces Lean statements of the lemma and of the four steps of its proof, built on a published finite-MDP layer, and invites proofs. Step 2 relies on the duality-gap bound for log-barrier problems from interior-point theory, which the paper cites from Boyd and Vandenberghe; a formal proof of that bound (in the simplex case) is reusable for any log-barrier analysis.

Difficulty

The first idea, comparing πλ∗\pi^*_\lambdaπλ∗​ with an unregularized optimal policy π0∗\pi^*_0π0∗​, fails: π0∗\pi^*_0π0∗​ is typically deterministic, so D(U∥π0∗(s))=∞D(U\|\pi^*_0(s))=\inftyD(U∥π0∗​(s))=∞ and ℓλ(π0∗)=∞\ell_\lambda(\pi^*_0)=\inftyℓλ​(π0∗​)=∞, giving no information. The comparison policy has to be built by hand: it must be strictly stochastic, nearly optimal for the unregularized problem, and have bounded divergence from the uniform distribution at every state. Each of these three properties is a separate argument: a duality-gap bound for a barrier problem on the simplex, a propagation of a one-step Bellman inequality to the whole horizon, and a quantitative lower bound on the smallest action probability of the barrier minimizer.

A second pitfall is the printed form of the lemma, whose right-hand side is min⁡πℓλ(π)+λ(1+log⁡(1+c/λ))\min_\pi\ell_\lambda(\pi)+\lambda(1+\log(1+c/\lambda))minπ​ℓλ​(π)+λ(1+log(1+c/λ)); since DKL≥0D_{\mathrm{KL}}\ge0DKL​≥0 gives ℓ0(πλ∗)≤ℓλ(πλ∗)=min⁡πℓλ(π)\ell_0(\pi^*_\lambda)\le\ell_\lambda(\pi^*_\lambda)=\min_\pi\ell_\lambda(\pi)ℓ0​(πλ∗​)≤ℓλ​(πλ∗​)=minπ​ℓλ​(π), that inequality is trivially true. The proof establishes, and the text on p. 20 announces, the bound against min⁡πℓ0(π)\min_\pi\ell_0(\pi)minπ​ℓ0​(π), which is the goal here.

Formalization scope

States and deterministic actions are finite types S and I (nonempty, as on the page, so that ccc is defined); k=∣I∣k=|I|k=∣I∣. Policies, transition kernels, the occupation distributions, the cost-to-go J0,πJ_{0,\pi}J0,π​ and Q0,πQ_{0,\pi}Q0,π​ come from the published FoundationsML.ReinforcementLearning layer (IsPolicy, IsTransitionKernel, OccupationDist, PolicyValue, QFunction), with the cost vector passed in the reward slot: PolicyValue is a plain discounted sum, so this is the cost-to-go. Optimality is the cost-minimizing notion, defined locally.

DKL(U∥⋅)D_{\mathrm{KL}}(U\|\cdot)DKL​(U∥⋅), gλg_\lambdagλ​ and ℓλ\ell_\lambdaℓλ​ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with DKL=+∞D_{\mathrm{KL}}=+\inftyDKL​=+∞ off the open simplex; real-valued junk such as log⁡0=0\log0=0log0=0 never stands in for +∞+\infty+∞, and ℓλ\ell_\lambdaℓλ​ is never coerced to R\mathbb RR (that would make boundary policies look optimal). At λ=0\lambda=0λ=0 the convention 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0 gives g0(s,a)=gs⊤ag_0(s,a)=g_s^\top ag0​(s,a)=gs⊤​a, and Lean's c/0=0c/0=0c/0=0 makes the goal's bound 000, the limit of the page's bound. min⁡πℓ0(π)\min_\pi\ell_0(\pi)minπ​ℓ0​(π) is written as "≤ℓ0(π)+…\le\ell_0(\pi)+\dots≤ℓ0​(π)+… for every policy π\piπ". The minimizer πλ∗\pi^*_\lambdaπλ∗​ is a hypothesis (any minimizer); the barrier-greedy policy πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ of (36) appears only in the milestones, never in the goal. A statement of the goal with the printed right-hand side min⁡πℓλ(π)+…\min_\pi\ell_\lambda(\pi)+\dotsminπ​ℓλ​(π)+…, or one that assumes (35) or the divergence bound, would be a trivializing formalization and is ruled out.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the four milestones and the goal; a general Lean lemma that the discounted cost of a stationary policy in a finite MDP equals the occupancy-weighted single-period cost (milestone 1), which is reusable across policy gradient formalizations; and the log-barrier duality-gap bound on the simplex.

Selected references

  • J. Bhandari and D. Russo, Global Optimality Guarantees for Policy Gradient Methods, arXiv:1906.01786v3, 2022; Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/1906.01786 (DOI 10.1287/opre.2021.0014)
  • M. Geist, B. Scherrer and O. Pietquin, A Theory of Regularized Markov Decision Processes, ICML, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1901.11275
  • A. Agarwal, S. M. Kakade, J. D. Lee and G. Mahajan, On the Theory of Policy Gradient Methods: Optimality, Approximation, and Distribution Shift, Journal of Machine Learning Research 22(98), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.00261
  • S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004, Chapter 11. https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Disruption and Rerouting in Supply Chain Networks I: Every Supply Chain Network Has a Unique General Equilibrium of Rerouting Prices, Switching Costs and Default CascadesResearch Paper

Motivation

A failed buyer can leave a supplier with goods it can no longer sell through an existing order. A failed supplier can leave a buyer without inputs for future production. In a network, either loss can weaken another firm and start a sequence of defaults. Birge, Capponi and Chen model these effects together with two responses: suppliers reroute unsold goods to other buyers, and buyers seek replacement suppliers. Their accepted manuscript asks whether the resulting market decisions and the default cascade determine a single outcome. The issue matters when a network's resilience or fragility is measured from that outcome: a measure based on an unspecified equilibrium would not be well defined.

Setting

A supply chain order network has finitely many firms i,ji,ji,j and goods mmm. An order oijmo^m_{ij}oijm​ is the nonnegative quantity of good mmm that firm iii promises to deliver to firm jjj. The network also records each good's original price pmp^mpm, each firm's initial equity wiw_iwi​, its safety stock θim\theta_i^mθim​ and holding cost λim\lambda_i^mλim​, and a realized net production cost cic_ici​. The realization is fixed throughout this mission; the source treats it as random when comparing network performance later in the paper. Rerouting one unit costs firm iii an amount ιim\iota_i^mιim​; an unfilled unit of demand incurs back-order cost bimb_i^mbim​. These costs and the orders and stocks are nonnegative. The basic model is on pp. 8–17 of the manuscript.

If firm jjj defaults, a promised delivery to it is not made. Write γijm\gamma^m_{ij}γijm​ for this undelivered order, and rˉim=∑jγijm\bar r_i^m=\sum_j\gamma^m_{ij}rˉim​=∑j​γijm​ for firm iii's total amount of good mmm available to reroute. If a supplier jjj defaults, write δjim\delta^m_{ji}δjim​ for the buyer iii's lost input. After using safety stock, that buyer's unserved demand is σˉim=(∑jδjim−θim)+\bar\sigma_i^m=(\sum_j\delta^m_{ji}-\theta_i^m)^+σˉim​=(∑j​δjim​−θim​)+, where x+=max⁡(0,x)x^+=\max(0,x)x+=max(0,x). These are the quantities in equations (1)–(5).

The rerouted market for good mmm contains firms with rˉim>0\bar r_i^m>0rˉim​>0. At price πim\pi_i^mπim​, firm iii can sell up to rˉim\bar r_i^mrˉim​. Aggregate demand at price π\piπ is dm(π)d_m(\pi)dm​(π), with inverse demand dm−1d_m^{-1}dm−1​. The sourcing market contains firms with σˉim>0\bar\sigma_i^m>0σˉim​>0. At switching cost κim\kappa_i^mκim​, firm iii can replace up to σˉim\bar\sigma_i^mσˉim​ units. Aggregate supply is sm(κ)s_m(\kappa)sm​(κ), with inverse supply sm−1s_m^{-1}sm−1​. In either market, an efficient allocation maximizes the stated integral objective over the capacity box, and allocates proportionally to capacity among firms quoting the same price or cost. A partial equilibrium additionally makes every active firm's quoted price or cost a best response to all nonnegative unilateral deviations. These are Definitions 2.1–2.2 and 3.1–3.2.

A firm's ex-post net worth ei∗e_i^*ei∗​ combines original-order revenue, production and stock costs, rerouting revenue and cost, and back-order and replacement-supplier costs exactly as in equation (10). A firm defaults when its net worth is strictly negative. Starting with no undelivered orders or unserved demand, the update maps Φ∗\Phi^*Φ∗ and Ψ∗\Psi^*Ψ∗ mark all orders affected by firms that default after each market has reached its partial equilibrium. A market stable state is both the limit of that sequence and a fixed point of the update. A general equilibrium combines such a state with a partial equilibrium in every market (Definitions 3.3–3.4 and equation (18)).

Formalization targets

The goal is Proposition 4.3, stated on p. 24:

∃! (Π,K,Γ,Δ)  GeneralEquilibrium⁡(Π,K,Γ,Δ).\exists!\,(\Pi,K,\Gamma,\Delta)\;\operatorname{GeneralEquilibrium}(\Pi,K,\Gamma,\Delta).∃!(Π,K,Γ,Δ)GeneralEquilibrium(Π,K,Γ,Δ).

The quadruple consists of rerouting prices Π\PiΠ, switching costs KKK, undelivered orders Γ\GammaΓ, and unserved demand Δ\DeltaΔ. The claim includes existence and uniqueness of the full outcome, not merely of its default set. The milestone list follows the paper's dependency path: Propositions A.3 and A.6 identify the unique efficient allocations in the two markets; Propositions 4.1 and 4.2 identify their partial equilibria; Lemma A.7 states that greater disruption cannot increase any firm's partial-equilibrium net worth; and Lemma A.8 states that the default updates are bounded and increasing. The numbered results and their equations are in the E-Companion, EC pp. 4–12, and the main text, p. 22.

Significance

Proposition 4.3 makes the network's outcome a function of its order commitments, stocks, prices, market functions, and realized production costs. Later comparisons of network structures can therefore refer to the equilibrium without choosing among several price or default profiles. The result also separates local market choice from the way losses spread through the network: a firm can reroute or switch optimally and still fail once the effects of other failures are accounted for.

The paper proves the result in its E-Companion, EC pp. 12–13. This mission concerns a Lean statement of that known result and the reusable definitions needed to check a proof. The draft propositions are open proof obligations; this proposal does not claim machine-checked proofs of them. The two market allocation predicates, the default update, and the cascade limit can also support later formal work on the paper's resilience results.

Difficulty

The market and network conditions interact. An arbitrary fixed point of the default update need not be the state reached from zero; using only the fixed-point equation loses the uniqueness asserted by the paper. Conversely, knowing a cascade limit does not by itself show that the limit is fixed, because the update changes discontinuously when a firm's net worth crosses zero. At the market level, the price and switching-cost equilibria must be established from optimization and best-response conditions. Writing the formulas for the claimed equilibrium prices into those definitions would leave the central market claims unproved.

Formalization scope

Firms are Fin N and goods are Fin M, with N,M>0N,M>0N,M>0; the source numbers both from one, while Lean numbers them from zero. Orders and all default matrices are real valued and coordinatewise ordered. Active markets may be empty, as at the start of the cascade. Market objectives are ordinary real interval integrals over finite capacity boxes. The standing conditions include the paper's smoothness, concavity, and monotonicity assumptions on demand wherever it is positive and on the supply function, plus inverse identities and continuity on the quantity ranges used by the model. The inverse functions remain general data tied to dmd_mdm​ and sms_msm​; no linear demand or supply curve is imposed.

Several domain conventions make the displayed formulas meaningful. Assumption 2.1's minimum order is read over positive-order suppliers of a good; over all firms it would force zero safety stock whenever a nonsupplier exists. The inverse supply is nonnegative on feasible quantities, with sm(0)≤0s_m(0)\le0sm​(0)≤0, so the claimed switching cost belongs to the nonnegative strategy space. Demand inverse at zero is fixed to the reservation price. Assumptions 4.1–4.2 apply at each positive active-market total; for the general-equilibrium goal they are required for every binary 0/oijm0/o^m_{ij}0/oijm​ profile the cascade can visit. Differentiability at those totals is explicit. Initial equity and the order, stock, holding, rerouting, and back-order data are nonnegative; the realized net production cost can have either sign. The model uses the p. 23 convention for prices and costs outside active markets.

An efficient allocation remains an optimizer of equations (7) or (9), with proportional tie handling; a partial equilibrium remains a best response to every admissible deviation. The general equilibrium includes both the limit from zero and the fixed-point condition. These clauses exclude an equilibrium that is true by definition or a fixed point unrelated to the default cascade. The source's informal statement that every firm “supplies, consumes, or purchases” a good has no separate activity flag in this model; a firm with no internal order can still have outside production or consumption represented in cic_ici​. Milestone statements involving arbitrary disruption profiles restrict them to the feasible order box [0,O][0,O][0,O], where the market inverses are defined.

Selected references

  • John R. Birge, Agostino Capponi, and Peng-Chu Chen, Disruption and Rerouting in Supply Chain Networks, accepted manuscript dated October 31, 2022, SSRN 3669363; published in Operations Research, 2023, DOI 10.1287/opre.2022.2409.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Disruption and Rerouting in Supply Chain Networks II: A More Diversified Tiered Supply Chain Network Is More ResilientResearch Paper

Why order diversification matters

A firm can lose a planned input when one of its suppliers defaults. Safety stock can absorb some of that loss, while the rest becomes demand for replacement supply. A network with more buyer and supplier links spreads orders across more firms, but the resulting benefit depends on which firms default, how much each link carries, and the price of replacement supply. Birge, Capponi, and Chen study this interaction in a supply chain model with firm defaults, switched demand, and market prices. Their Theorem 5.1 asserts that a particular order-preserving form of diversification improves the network's resilience. This mission formalizes that comparison in the notation and conventions of the accepted manuscript, including its E-Companion proof.

The question is relevant to supply chain design because adding a link alone does not specify how much business moves to it. The theorem compares two networks that retain each firm's total incoming and outgoing order quantities. It therefore isolates the effect of redistributing those orders among more partners. The result concerns a precise resilience metric: the fraction of a network's baseline out-of-stock cost reduced by holding safety stock. It does not claim that diversification prevents all defaults or reduces every component of systemic loss.

Networks, defaults, and resilience

There are NNN firms and MMM goods. The order quantity oijmo^m_{ij}oijm​ is the amount of good mmm that firm iii promises to deliver to firm jjj. Good mmm has price pmp^mpm. Firm iii has initial equity wiw_iwi​ and a unit holding cost λim\lambda_i^mλim​ for safety stock of good mmm. Its realized net production cost is cic_ici​. Two networks AAA and BBB share prices, equity, holding costs, firms, and goods; their order quantities may differ. The source calls this five-part data a supply chain network, with a stock profile that is specialized here to a common scalar θ\thetaθ for the resilience comparison (§2, pp. 8–9; §5.1, p. 25).

A tiered network places each firm in a tier mi∈{1,…,M+1}m_i\in\{1,\ldots,M+1\}mi​∈{1,…,M+1}. A positive order of good mmm runs from tier mmm to tier m+1m+1m+1. Tier 1 firms supply good 1, tier M+1M+1M+1 firms buy good MMM, and every intermediate firm both buys and supplies its designated goods. The undirected graph underlying positive orders is connected. The model's supplier set UiU_iUi​ contains firms delivering good mi−1m_i-1mi​−1 to iii, and its buyer set LiL_iLi​ contains firms receiving good mim_imi​ from iii (§5.2–5.3, pp. 26–27).

For a common realization ccc and safety stock θ\thetaθ, the fundamental-default set D0(θ)D_0(\theta)D0​(θ) contains firms whose initial net worth is strictly negative:

D0(θ)={i:wi+∑m=1M(pm∑joijm−θλim)−ci<0}.D_0(\theta)=\left\{i: w_i+\sum_{m=1}^{M}\left(p^m\sum_j o^m_{ij}-\theta\lambda_i^m\right)-c_i<0\right\}.D0​(θ)={i:wi​+m=1∑M​(pmj∑​oijm​−θλim​)−ci​<0}.

The switched demand of firm iii for good mmm is σim(D0(θ),θ)=(∑k∈D0(θ)okim−θ)+\sigma_i^m(D_0(\theta),\theta)=\left(\sum_{k\in D_0(\theta)}o^m_{ki}-\theta\right)^+σim​(D0​(θ),θ)=(∑k∈D0​(θ)​okim​−θ)+. The inverse supply function sm−1s_m^{-1}sm−1​ prices the aggregate replacement demand for good mmm. Firm iii's cost ζi(θ)\zeta_i(\theta)ζi​(θ) sums holding cost and switched-demand cost over every good. The network's resilience ratio ζ(θ)\zeta(\theta)ζ(θ) is its aggregate reduction in this cost divided by aggregate cost at zero safety stock (§5.1, p. 25).

Formalization targets

For each firm, BBB is more diversified than AAA when total incoming and outgoing orders are unchanged, UiA⊆UiBU_i^A\subseteq U_i^BUiA​⊆UiB​ and LiA⊆LiBL_i^A\subseteq L_i^BLiA​⊆LiB​, and an expanded neighbor set divides orders into quantities no larger than the old quantities. Where a neighbor set is unchanged, its individual order quantities are unchanged. This is the complete condition of Definition 5.3, with the supplier good indexed as mi−1m_i-1mi​−1 as required by §5.2.

The goal is Theorem 5.1: for two tiered networks sharing their non-order data and tier assignment,

B more diversified than A⟹ζA(θ)≤ζB(θ)B\text{ more diversified than }A\quad\Longrightarrow\quad \zeta^A(\theta)\le\zeta^B(\theta)B more diversified than A⟹ζA(θ)≤ζB(θ)

for every admissible common safety stock θ\thetaθ and common realized production-cost vector ccc. The three milestones are the tier-grouped expression for total cost, its order comparison between AAA and BBB, and equality of their zero-stock baseline costs. They are the steps of the displayed chain in the E-Companion, EC p. 18, rather than separate numbered lemmas.

What the result establishes

The theorem gives an order-sensitive comparison of the paper's out-of-stock metric. It says that, under the stated redistribution constraints, the same amount of uniform safety stock offsets at least as large a fraction of baseline cost in the more diversified network. It supports comparisons of network designs with equal firm-level order totals. It does not rank networks with different equity, prices, or holding costs, and it does not address the paper's distinct contagion-based fragility metric (§5.1–5.3).

The result is proved in the paper; the open work here is its machine-checked formalization. The definitions of tiered order networks, fundamental defaults, switched demand, and the resilience ratio give reusable interfaces for later results about the same model. The draft Lean theorems state the full result and the three intermediate targets, with proofs left for solvers. The comparison also makes the paper's indexing and cost conventions explicit so those interfaces can be audited independently.

Where the difficulty lies

The default set depends on the order network, even though the two networks use the same realized costs. Thus a cost comparison cannot begin by treating defaulted firms as an unrelated common parameter. Moreover, switched demand takes a positive part after subtracting safety stock, and the inverse supply curve is evaluated at an aggregate across firms. Merely comparing individual orders or counting more links does not determine the resulting total cost. The final resilience ratio has a baseline-cost denominator that can be zero. The formalization has to cover that boundary case as well as positive baseline cost.

Formalization scope

Firms use Fin N; goods and tiers use the paper's one-based natural-number indices. Both NNN and MMM are positive. Orders and holding costs are nonnegative, prices are nonnegative, and initial equity is nonnegative (the source assumes every firm is initially solvent, p. 9). A tiered network has only consecutive-tier positive orders, has activity appropriate to every firm's tier, and has a connected underlying undirected graph. The two networks share ppp, www, λ\lambdaλ, the inverse supply curves, and the tier map. The source's tier-constant rerouting cost does not occur in the resilience metric and is not represented in these statements.

The paper prints Assumption 2.1 as a minimum over all firms. Since non-suppliers have zero orders, that literal reading would force θ=0\theta=0θ=0 and empty the theorem of its intended positive-stock content. The formalization reads the bound over actual suppliers, with θ≥0\theta\ge0θ≥0. It uses monotone inverse supply curves, as implied by Assumption 2.3, and explicitly requires their values to be nonnegative for nonnegative demand; the latter is an additional convention corresponding to nonnegative inverse supply prices. These choices appear in the definitions and in the statement audit notes.

The printed supplier-order superscript in Definition 5.3 uses mim_imi​, while §5.2 says firm iii buys good mi−1m_i-1mi​−1; the Lean definition uses the latter. The E-Companion's cost chain drops holding costs for goods a firm does not buy, although §5.1 sums them for all goods. The formalized cost and tier-grouped milestone retain the full sum. The paper states an almost-sure comparison under a random cost vector; its proof is pointwise, and the goal quantifies over every common realization. Each network computes its own default set. Lean sets 0/0=00/0=00/0=0, so a zero baseline cost requires no extra positive-denominator assumption. These conventions rule out a vacuous zero-stock reading or a cost formula weakened by omitting terms.

Selected references

  • J. R. Birge, A. Capponi, and P.-C. Chen, Disruption and Rerouting in Supply Chain Networks, accepted manuscript dated October 31, 2022, SSRN 3669363; Operations Research, 2023, DOI 10.1287/opre.2022.2409. The mission follows the manuscript's pagination and its E-Companion.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 19 of 31Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me